Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

common ram

  • 1 ручная трамбовка

    2) Construction: hand tamper, punner (инструмент), set ram
    3) Mining: common ram, hand ram
    4) Metallurgy: peg rammer, pegging rammer
    6) Automation: pin rammer
    7) Makarov: tamper

    Универсальный русско-английский словарь > ручная трамбовка

  • 2 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    -ज a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 3 लोकः _lōkḥ

    लोकः [लोक्यते$सौ लोक्-घञ्]
    1 The world, a division of the universe; (roughly speaking there are three lokas स्वर्ग, पृथ्वी and पाताल, but according to fuller classifica- tion the lokas are fourteen, seven higher regions rising from the earth one above the other, i. e. भूर्लोक, भुवर्लोक, स्वर्लोक, महर्लोक, जनर्लोक, तपर्लोक, and सत्यलोक or ब्रह्मलोक; and seven lower regions, descending from the earth one below the other; i. e. अतल, वितल, सुतल, रसातल, तलातल, महातल, and पाताल).
    -2 The earth, terrestrial world (भूलोक); इह- लोके in this world (opp. परत्र).
    -3 The human race, mankind, men, as in लोकातिग, लोकोत्तर &c. q. v.
    -4 The people or subjects (opp. the king); स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7; R.4.8.
    -5 A collection, group, class, com- pany; आकृष्टलीलान् नरलोकपालान् R.6.1; or शशाम तेन क्षितिपाल- लोकः 7.3.
    -6 A region, tract, district, province.
    -7 Common life, ordinary practice (of the world); लोकवत्तु लीलाकैवल्यम् Br. Sūt.II.1.33; यथा लोके कस्यचिदाप्तैषणस्य राज्ञः &c. S. B. (and diverse other places of the same work).
    -8 Common or worldly usage (opp. Vedic usage or idiom); वेदोक्ता वैदिकाः शब्दाः सिद्धा लोकाच्च लौकिकाः, प्रियतद्धिता दाक्षिणात्या यथा लोके वेदे चेति प्रयोक्तव्ये यथा लौकिक- वैदिकेष्विति प्रयुञ्जते Mbh. (and in diverse other places); अतो$स्मि लोके वेदे च प्रथितः पुरुषोत्तमः Bg.15.18.
    -9 Sight, looking.
    -1 The number 'seven', or 'fourteen'.
    -11 Ved. Open space; space, room.
    -12 One's own nature (निजस्वरूप); नष्टस्मृतिः पुनरयं प्रवृणीत लोकम् Bhāg.3. 31.15.
    -13 Enlightenment (प्रकाश); इच्छामि कालेन न यस्य विप्लवस्तस्यात्मलोकावरणस्य मोक्षम् Bhāg.8.3.25.
    -14 Recom- pense (फल); अग्नावेव देवेषु लोकमिच्छन्ते Bṛi. Up.1.4.15.
    -15 An object of enjoyment (भोग्यवस्तु); अथो अयं वा आत्मा सर्वेषां भूतानां लोकः Bṛi. Up 1.4.16.
    -16 Sight, the faculty of seeing (चक्षुरिन्द्रिय); अग्निर्लोकः Bṛi. Up.3.9. 1.
    -17 An object of sense (विषय); उपपत्त्योपलब्धेषु लोकेषु च समो भव Mb.12.288.11. (In compounds लोक is often translated by 'universally', 'generally', 'popularly'; as लोकविज्ञात so ˚विद्विष्ट).
    -Comp. -अक्षः space, sky.
    -अतिग a. extraordinary, supernatural.
    -अतिशय a. superior to the world, extraordinary.
    -अधिक a. ex- traordinary, uncommon; सर्वं पण्डितराजराजितिलकेनाकारि लोकाधिकम् Bv.4.44; Ki.2.47.
    -अधिपः 1 a king.
    -2 a god or deity.
    -अधिपतिः a lord of the world.
    -अनुग्रहः prosperity of mankind.
    -अनुरागः 'love of mankind', universal love, general benevolence, philanthropy.
    -अनुवृत्तम् obedience of the people.
    -अन्तरम् 'another world', the next world, future life; लोकान्तरसुखं पुण्यं तपोदानसमुद्भवम् R.1.69;6.45; लोकान्तरं गम्-प्राप् &c. 'to die'.
    -अन्तरित a. dead.
    -अपवादः public scandal, po- pular censure; लोकापवादो बलवान् मतो मे R.14.4.
    -अभि- भाविन् a.
    1 overcoming the world.
    -2 pervading the whole world (as light).
    -अभिलक्षित a. generally liked.
    -अभ्युदयः public weal or welfare.
    -अयनः N. of Nārāyaṇa.
    -अलोकः N. of a mythical mountain that encircles the earth and is situated beyond the sea of fresh water which surrounds the last of the seven conti- nents; beyond लोकालोक there is complete darkness, and to this side of it there is light; it thus divides the visible world from the regions of darkness; प्रकाशश्चा- प्रकाशश्च लोकालोक इवाचलः R.1.68; लोकालोकव्याहतं धर्मराशेः शालीनं वा धाम नालं प्रसर्तुम् Śi.16.83; Mv.5.1,45; ऊर्ध्व- मालोकयामासुः लोकालोकमिवोच्छ्रितम् Parṇāl.3.3; (for further explanation see Dr. Bhāṇḍārkar's note on l. 79 of Māl. 1th Act). (
    -कौ) the visible and the invisible world.
    -आकाशः 1 space, sky.
    -2 (with Jains) a worldly region.
    -आचारः common practice, popular or general custom, ways of the world; अपि शास्त्रेषु कुशला लोकाचारविवर्जिताः Pt.5.43.
    -आत्मन् m. the soul of the universe.
    -आदिः 1 the beginning of the world.
    -2 the creator of the world.
    - आयत a. atheistical, materialistic. (
    -तः) a materialist, an atheist, a follower of Chārvāka. (
    -तम्) materialism, atheism; (for some account see the first chapter of the Sarvadarśanasaṁgraha).
    -आयतिकः an atheist, a materialist; कच्चिन्न लोकायतिकान् ब्राह्मणांस्तात सेवसे Rām. 2.1.38.
    -ईशः 1 a king (lord of the world).
    -2 Brahman.
    -3 quick-silver.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a proverb, popular saying; लोके ख्यातिमुपागतात्र सकले लोकोक्तिरेषा यतो दग्धानां किल वह्निना हितकरः सेको$पि तस्योद्भवः Pt.1.371.
    -2 common talk, public opinion.
    -उत्तर a. extraordinary, uncommon, unusual; लोकोत्तरा च कृतिः Bv.1.69.7; U.2.7. (
    -रः) a king. ˚वादिन् m. pl. N. of a Buddhist school.
    -उपक्रोशनम् circulating evil reports among the people; असारस्य वाक्संतक्षणैर्लोकोपक्रोशनैः... अपवाहनम् Dk.2.2.
    -एकबन्धुः an epithet of Śākyamuni.
    -एषणा 1 desire for heaven; या वितैषणा सा लोकैषणोभे ह्येते एषणे एव भवतः Bṛi. Up.3.5.1.
    -2 desire for the good opinion of the public.
    -कण्टकः 1 a troublesome or wicked man, the curse of mankind.
    -2 an epithet of Rāvaṇa; see कण्टक.
    -कथा a popular legend, folk-tale.
    -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator of the world.
    -कल्प a.
    1 resembling the world.
    -2 regarded by the world. (
    -ल्पः) a period or age of the world.
    -कान्त a. liked by the people, popular; भव पितुरनुरूपस्त्वं गुणैर्लोककान्तैः V.5.21. (
    -न्ता) a kind of medical herb (Mar. मुरुढशेंग).
    -कारणकारणः an epithet of Śiva.
    -क्षित् a. inhabiting heaven.
    -गतिः f. actions of men.
    -गाथा a song handed down among people, folk-song.
    -चक्षुस् n. the sun.
    -चारित्रम् the ways of the world.
    -जननी an epithet of Lakṣmī.
    -जित् m.
    1 an epithet of Buddha.
    -2 any conqueror of the world.
    -3 a sage. -a. winning heaven; तद्धैतल्लोकजिदेव Bṛi. Up.1.3.28.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing the world.
    -ज्येष्ठः an epithet of Buddha.
    -तत्त्वम् knowledge of mankind.
    -तन्त्रम् course of the world; निर्मितो लोकतन्त्रो$यं लोकेषु परिवर्तते Bhāg.12.11.29.
    -तुषारः camphor.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रयी the three worlds taken collectively; उत्खात- लोकत्रयकण्टकेपि R.14.73.
    -दम्भक a. cheating mankind; Ms.4.195.
    -द्वारम् the gate of heaven.
    -धर्मः 1 a worldly matter.
    -2 (with Buddhists) worldly condi- tion.
    -धातुः a particular division of the world (जम्बु- द्वीप).
    -धातृ m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -धारिणी N. of the earth.
    -नाथः 1 Brahman.
    -2 Viṣṇu.
    -3 Śiva.
    -4 a king, sovereign.
    -5 a Buddha
    -6 the sun.
    -नेतृ m. an epithet of Śiva.
    -पः, -पालः 1 a regent or guardian of a quarter of the world; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18; R.2.75;12.89;17.78; (the lokapālas are eight; see अष्टदिक्पाल).
    -2 a king, sovereign.
    -पक्तिः f. esteem of mankind, general respectability.
    -पतिः 1 an epi- thet of Brahman.
    -2 of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a king, sovereign.
    -पथः, -पद्धतिः f. the general or usual way, the univer- sally accepted way.
    -परोक्ष a. hidden from the world.
    -पितामहः an epithet of Brahman.
    -प्रकाशनः the sun.
    -प्रत्ययः universal prevalence.
    -प्रवादः general rumour, current report, popular talk.
    -प्रसिद्ध a. well-known, universally known.
    -बन्धुः, -बान्धवः 1 the sun.
    -2 Śiva.
    -बाह्य, -वाह्य 1 excluded from society, excom- municated.
    -2 differing from the world, eccentric, singular; उन्मादवन्नृत्यति लोकबाह्यः Bhāg.11.2.4. (
    -ह्यः) an outcast.
    -भर्तृ a. supporter of the people.
    -भावन, -भाविन् a. promoting the welfare of the world.
    -मर्यादा an established or current custom.
    -मातृ f. an epithet of Lakṣmī.
    -मार्गः an established custom.
    -यज्ञः desire for the good opinion of the people (लोकैषणा); Mb.1. 18.5. (com. लोकयज्ञो लोकैषणा सर्वो मां साधुमेव जानात्विति वासनारूपः).
    -यात्रा 1 worldly affairs, the course of world- ly life, business of the world; तस्माल्लोकयात्रार्थी नित्यमुद्यत- दण्डः स्यात् Kau. A.1.4; Mb.3.15.31; Dk.2.8; एवं किलेयं लोकयात्रा Mv.7; यावदयं संसारस्तावत् प्रसिद्धैवेयं लोकयात्रा Ve.3.
    -2 a popular usage or custom; एषोदिता लोकयात्रा नित्यं स्त्रीपुंसयोः शुभा Ms.9.25
    -3 worldly existence, career in life; Māl.4,6.
    -4 support of life, maintenance.
    -रक्षः a king, sovereign.
    -रञ्जनम् pleasing the world, popularity.
    -रवः popular talk or report.
    -रावण a. tormentor of the people; रावणं लोकरावणम् Rām.3.33.1; Mb.3.148.12.
    -लेखः 1 a public document.
    -2 an ordi- nary letter.
    -लोचनम् the sun.
    -वचनम् a popular rumour or report.
    -वर्तनम् the means by which the world subsists.
    -वादः public rumour; common talk, popular report; मां लोकवादश्रवणादहासीः R.14.61.
    -वार्ता popular report, public rumour; कश्चिदक्षर्धूतः कलासु कवित्वेषु लोकवार्तासु चातिवैचक्षण्यान्मया समसृज्यत Dk.2.2.
    -विद्विष्ट a. disliked by men, generally or universally disliked.
    -विधिः 1 a mode of proceeding prevalent in the world.
    -2 the creator of the world.
    -विनायकाः a class of deities presiding over diseases.
    -विभ्रमः see लोकव्यवहार; हृष्यत्तनुर्विस्मृतलोकविभ्रमः Bhāg.1.71.26.
    -विरुद्ध a. op- posed to public opinion; यद्यपि शुद्धं लोकविरुद्धं नाकरणीयम् नाचरणीयम्.
    -विश्रुत a. farfamed, universally known, famous, renowned.
    -विश्रुतिः f.
    1 world-wide fame.
    -2 unfounded rumour, mere report.
    -विसर्गः 1 the end of the world; Mb.
    -2 the creation of the world; Bhāg.
    -वृत्तम् 1 the way of the world, a custom prevalent in the world; लोकवृत्तमनुष्ठेयं कृतं वो बाष्पमोक्षणम् Rām.4.25.3.
    -2 an idle talk or gossip; न लोकवृत्तं वर्तेत वृत्तिहेतोः कथंचन Ms.4.11.
    -वृत्तान्तः, -व्यवहारः 1 the course or ways of the world, general custom; Ś.5.
    -2 course of events.
    -व्यवहार a. commonly used, universally current.
    -व्रतम् general practice or way of the world.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 a popular report.
    -2 world-wide fame.
    -संसृतिः f.
    1 fate, destiny.
    -2 course through the world.
    -संकरः general confusion in the world.
    -संग्रहः 1 the whole universe.
    -2 the welfare of the world; लोकसंग्रहमेवापि संपश्यन् कर्तुमर्हसि Bg.3.2.
    -3 worldly experience.
    -4 propitiation of mankind.
    -संपन्न a. possessed of worldly wisdom.
    -संबाधः a throng of men, going and coming; इतस्ततः प्रवेशनिर्गमप्रवृत्तलोकसंबाधम् Dk.2.3.
    -साक्षिक a.
    1 having the world as a witness; in the face of the world; प्रत्यक्षं फलमश्नन्ति कर्मणां लोकसाक्षिकम् Mb.3.32.6.
    -2 attested by witnesses.
    -साक्षिन् m.
    1 an epithet of Brahman.
    -2 fire.
    -साधक a. creating worlds.
    -साधारण a. common (as a topic); Dk.
    -सिद्ध a.
    1 cur- rent among the people, usual, customary.
    -2 generally received or accepted.
    -सीमातिवर्तिन् a. extraordinary, supernatural.
    -सुन्दर a. generally admired.
    -स्थलम् common occurrence.
    -स्थितिः f.
    1 existence or conduct of the universe, worldly existence; the stability or perma- nence of the world; ये चैवं पुरुषाः कलासु कुशलास्तेष्वेव लोकस्थितिः Bh.2.22.
    -2 a universal law.
    -हास्य a. world-derided, the butt of general ridicule.
    -हित a. beneficial to mankind or to the world. (
    -तम्) general welfare.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लोकः _lōkḥ

  • 4 निर् _nir

    निर् ind. A substitute for निस् before vowels and soft consonants conveying the senses of 'out of', 'away from'. 'without', 'free from', and be frequently expressed by 'less', 'un', used with the noun; see the compounds given below; see निस् and cf. अ also.
    -Comp. -अंश a.
    1 whole, entire.
    -2 not entitled to any share of the ancestral property.
    -अक्षः the place of no latitute; i. e. the terrestrial equator (in astronomy). ˚देशः
    1 a first meridian, as Laṅkā.
    -2 a place where the sun is always vertical and the days and nights are equal.
    -3 the equatorial region.
    -अक्षर a. Not knowing the letters, illiterate.
    -अग्नि a. having lost or neg- lected the consecrated fire; स संन्यासी च योगी च न निरग्निर्न चाक्रियः Bg.6.1.
    -अग्र (क) a. divisible without remain- der.
    -अङ्कुश a. 'not curbed by a hook', unchecked, uncontrolled; unruly, independent, completely free, unfettered; निरङ्कुश इव द्विपः Bhāg.; कामो निकामनिरङ्कुशः Gīt.7; निरङ्कुशाः कवयः Sk.; Bh.3.15; Mv.3.39; विनयरुचयः सदैव निरङ्कुशाः Mu.3.6. ˚ता self-will, indepen- dence.
    -अघ a. sinless, blameless.
    -अङ्ग a.
    1 having no parts.
    -2 deprived of expedients or resources.
    -अजिन a. skinless.
    -अञ्जन a.
    1 without collyrium; निरञ्जने साचिविलोलिकं दृशौ Ki.8.52.
    -2 unstained, untinged.
    -3 free from falsehood; तदा विद्वान् पुण्यपापे विधूय निरञ्जनं परमं साम्यमुपैति Munda 3.1.3.
    -4 simple, artless.
    (-नः) 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the Supreme Being.
    (-ना) 1 the day of full moon.
    -2 an epithet of Durgā.
    -अतिशय a. unsurpassed, matchless, un- rivalled; निरतिशयं गरिमाणं तेन जनन्याः स्मरन्ति विद्वांसः Pt.1.3. (
    -यः) the Supreme Being.
    -अत्यय a.
    1 free from danger, secure, safe; तद्भवान् वृत्तसंपन्नः स्थितः पथि निरत्यये Rām.4.29.12; R.17.53.
    -2 free from fault, unblamable, faultless, disinterested; Ki.1.12, शक्तिरर्थपतिषु स्वयंग्रहं प्रेम कारयति वा निरत्ययम् 13.61.
    -3 com- pletely successful.
    -अधिष्ठान a.
    1 supportless.
    -2 in- dependent.
    -अध्व a. one who has lost one's way.
    -अनुक्रोश a. pitiless, merciless, hard-hearted. (
    -शः) mercilessness, hard-heartedness.
    -अनुग a. having no followers.
    -अनुग्रह a. Ungracious, unkind; Bhāg.5. 12.7.
    -अनुनासिक a. not nasal.
    -अनुमान a. not bound to conclusions or consequences.
    -अनुयोज्य a. unblamable, faultless.
    -अनुरोध a.
    1 unfavourable, unfriendly.
    -2 unkind, unamiable; Māl.1.
    -अन्तर a.
    -1 constant, perpetual, uninterrupted, incessant; निरन्त- राधिपटलैः Bv.1.16; निरन्तरास्वन्तरवातवृष्टिषु Ku.5.25.
    -2 having no intervening or intermediate space, having no interval, close, closely contiguous, in close contact; मूढे निरन्तरपयोधरया मयैव Mk.5.15; हृदयं निरन्तरबृहत्कठिनस्तन- मण्डलावरणमप्यभिदन् Śi.9.66.
    -3 compact, dense; परितो रुद्धनिरन्तराम्बराः Śi.16.76.
    -4 coarse, gross.
    -5 faithful, true (as a friend).
    -6 not hidden from view.
    -7 not different, similar, identical.
    -8 sincere, sympathetic; सुहृदि निरन्तरचित्ते (निवेद्य दुःखं सुखीभवति) Pt.1.341.
    -9 abounding in, full of; निपात्यमानैर्ददृशे निरन्तरम् Rām.7.7. 54; गुणैश्च निरन्तराणि Mv.4.12. (
    -रम्) ind.
    1 without interruption, constantly, continually, incessantly.
    -2 without intervening space or interval.
    -3 closely, tightly, firmly; (परिष्वजस्व) कान्तैरिदं मम निरन्तरमङ्गमङ्गैः Ve.3.27; परिष्वजेते शयने निरन्तरम् Ṛs.2.11.
    -4 immedia- tely. ˚अभ्यासः constant study, diligent exercise or pra- ctice.
    -अन्तराल a.
    1 without an intervening space, close.
    -2 narrow.
    -अन्धस् a. foodless, hungry.
    -अन्वय a.
    1 having no progeny, childless.
    -2 unconnected, unrelated; Ms.8.198.
    -3 not agreeing with the con- text (as a word in a sentence).
    -4 without logical connection or regular sequence, unmethodical.
    -5 without being seen, out of sight; निरन्वयं भवेत् स्तेयम् Ms.8. 332.
    -6 without retinue, unaccompanied, see अन्वय.
    -7 sudden, unexpected; U.7.
    -8 exterminatory, without leaving any species or trace; प्रागाधारनिरन्वयप्रमथनादुच्छेदमे- वाकरोः... Mv.3.13; (com. नाशो द्विविधः--स्वान्वयविनाशः, निरन्वयविनाशश्चेति......निर्वापणादिना सजातीयज्वालोदयानर्हविनाशस्तु निरन्वयविनाशः ।).
    -अपत्रप a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold.
    -अपराध a. guiltless, innocent, faultless, blame- less. (
    -धः) innocence.
    -अपवर्त a.
    1 not turning back.
    -2 (in arith.) leaving no common divisor, reduced to the lowest terms.
    -अपवाद a.
    1 blameless.
    -2 not admitting of any exception.
    -अपाय a.
    1 free from harm or evil.
    -2 free from decay, imperishable.
    -3 infallible; उपायो निरपायो$यमस्माभिरभिचिन्तितः Rām.1.1.2.
    -अपेक्ष a.
    1 not depending on, irrespective or independent of, having no need of (with loc.); न्यायनिर्णीतसारत्वा- न्निरपेक्षमिवागमे Ki.11.39.
    -2 disregarding, taking no notice of.
    -3 free from desire, secure; निरपेक्षो न कर्तव्यो भृत्यैः स्वामी कदाचन H.2.82.
    -4 careless, negligent, indifferent
    -5 indifferent to worldly attachments or pursuits; समुपोढेषु कामेषु निरपेक्षः परिव्रजेत् Ms.6.41.
    -6 disinterested, not expecting any reward from another; दिशि दिशि निरपेक्ष- स्तावकीनं विवृण्वन् Bv.1.5.
    -7 without purpose. (
    -क्षा) indifference, disregard.
    -अपेक्षित a.
    1 disregarded.
    -2 regardless.
    -अपेक्षिन् a. disregarding, indifferent.
    -अभिभव a.
    1 not subject to humiliation or disgrace.
    -2 not to be surpassed, unrivalled.
    -अभिमान a.
    1 free from self-conceit, devoid of pride or egotism.
    -2 void of self-respect.
    -3 unconscious.
    -अभिलाष a. not caring for, indifferent to; स्वसुखनिरभिलाषः खिद्यसे लोकहेतोः Ś.5.7.
    -अभिसंधानम् absence of design.
    -अभ्र a. cloudless.
    -अमर्ष a.
    1 void of anger, patient.
    -2 apa- thetic.
    -अम्बर a. naked.
    -अम्बु a.
    1 abstaining from water.
    -2 waterless, destitute of water.
    -अर्गल a. without a bolt, unbarred, unobstructed, unrestrained, unimpeded, completely free; M.5; मरणसमये त्यक्त्वा शङ्कां प्रलापनिरर्गलम् Māl.5.26. (
    -लम्) ind. freely.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 void of wealth, poor, indigent; स्त्रियः कृतार्थाः पुरुषं निरर्थं निष्पीडितालक्तकवत्त्यजन्ति Pt.1.194.
    -2 meaningless, un- meaning (as a word or sentence).
    -3 non-sensical.
    -4 vain, useless, purposeless.
    (-र्थः) 1 loss, detriment.
    -2 nonsense.
    -अर्थक a.
    1 useless, vain, unprofitable.
    -2 unmeaning, nonsensical, conveying no reasonable meaning; इत्थं जन्म निरर्थकं क्षितितले$रण्ये यथा मालती S. D.
    -3 (a consonant) not followed by a vowel. (
    -कम्) an expletive; निरर्थकं तु हीत्यादि पूरणैकप्रयोजनम् Chandr.2.6.
    -अलंकृतिः (in Rhet.) want of ornament, simplicity.
    -अवकाश a.
    1 without free space.
    -2 without leisure.
    -अवग्रह a.
    1 'free from restraint', unrestrained, un- checked, uncontrolled, irresistible.
    -2 free, indepen- dent.
    -3 self-willed, head-strong. (
    -हम्) ind.
    1 un- interruptedly.
    -2 intensely, strongly.
    -अवद्य a.
    1 blameless, faultless, unblameable, unobjectionable; हृद्य- निरवद्यरूपो भूपो बभूव Dk.1.
    -2 an epithet of the Supreme Being (having no passions).
    -अवधि a. having no end, unlimited; कथं तूष्णीं सह्यो निरवधिरयं त्वप्रतिविधः U. 3.44;6.3; Māl.1.6.
    -2 continuous; महानाधिव्याधि- र्निरवधिरिदानीं प्रसरतु Māl.4.3.
    1 without parts.
    -2 indivisible.
    -3 without limbs.
    -अवलम्ब a.
    1 unsupported, without support; Ś.6.
    -2 not affording support.
    -3 not depending or relying on.
    -अवशेष a. whole, complete, entire, (निरवशेषेण ind. completely, entirely, fully, totally).
    -अवसाद a. cheerful; Gīt.
    -अव्यय a. eternal, immutable.
    - अशन a. abstaining from food. (
    -नम्) fasting.
    -अश्रि a. even; Kau. A.2.11.
    -अष्ट a. Ved. driven away, scattered. (
    -ष्टः) a horse twentyfour years old.
    -अस्त्र a. weaponless, unarmed.
    -अस्थि a. boneless.
    -अहंकार, -अहंकृति a. free from egotism or pride, humble, lowly; Bg.12.13.
    -अहंकृत a.
    1 having no egotism or self-consciousness.
    -2 without individuality.
    -3 unselfish.
    -अहम् a. free from egotism or self-conceit; ह्यनामरूपं निरहं प्रपद्ये Bhāg. 5.19.4.
    -आकाङ्क्ष a.
    1 wishing nothing, free from desire.
    -2 wanting nothing to fill up or complete (as the sense of a word or sentence).
    -आकार a.
    1 devoid of form, formless, without form.
    -2 ugly, deformed.
    -3 disguised.
    -4 unassuming, modest.
    (-रः) 1 the universal spirit, Almighty.
    -2 an epithet of Śiva.
    -3 of Viṣṇu. ˚ज्ञानवादः the doctrine that the perception of the outer world does not arise from images impres- sed on the mind; Sarva. S.
    -आकृति a.
    1 formless, shapeless.
    -2 deformed.
    (-तिः) 1 a religious student who has not duly gone through a course of study, or who has not properly read the Vedas.
    -2 especially, a Brāhmaṇa who has neglected the duties of his caste by not going through a regular course of study; a fool; ग्रामधान्यं यथा शून्यं यथा कूपश्च निर्जलः । यथा हुतमनग्नौ च तथैव स्यान्निराकृतौ ॥ Mb.12.36.48.
    -3 one who neglects the five great religious duties or yajñas; Ms.3.154.
    -आकाश a. leaving no free space, completely filled or occupied,
    -आकुल a.
    1 unconfused, unperplexed, un- bewildered; Ki.11.38.
    -2 steady, calm; सुपात्रनिक्षेपनिरा- कुलात्मना (प्रजासृजा) Śi.1.28.
    -3 clear.
    -4 perspicuous; अलिकुलसङ्कुलकुसुमसमूहनिराकुलबकुलकलापे Gīt.1.
    (-लम्) 1 calmness serenity.
    -2 perspicuity, clearness.
    -आक्रन्द a. not crying or complaining. (
    -दः) a place where no sound can be heard.
    -आक्रोश a. unaccused, unreviled.
    - आगम a. not founded on revelation or scripture, not derived from the Vedas.
    -आगस् a. faultless, innocent, sinless; कथमेकपदे निरागसं जनमाभाष्यमिमं न मन्यसे R.8.48.
    -आचार a. without approved customs or usages, lawless, barbarian.
    -आडम्बर a.
    1 without drums.
    -2 without show, unostentatious.
    -आतङ्क a.
    1 free from fear; R.1.63; निरातङ्को रङ्को विहरति चिरं कोटिकनकैः Śaṅkara (देव्यपराधक्षमापनस्तोत्रम् 6).
    -2 without ailment, comfort- able, healthy.
    -3 not causing pain.
    -4 unchecked, unhampered; निरातङ्कः पङ्केष्विव पिशितपिण्डेषु विलसन् Māl. 5.34. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    - आतप a. sheltered from heat, shady, not penetrated by the sun's rays. (
    -पा) the night.
    - आदर a. disrespectful.
    -आदान a.
    1 taking or receiving nothing; Mb.3.
    -2 an epithet of Buddha.
    -आधार a.
    1 without a receptacle.
    -2 without support, supportless (fig. also); निराधारो हा रोदिमि कथय केषामिह पुरः G. L.4.39.
    -आधि a. secure, free from anxiety.
    -आनन्द a. cheerless, sad, sorrowful.
    -आन्त्र a.
    1 disembowelled.
    -2 having the entrails hanging out.
    -आपद् a. free from misfortune or calamity. (-f.) prosperity.
    -आबाध a.
    1 unvexed, unmolested, undis- turbed, free from disturbance.
    -2 unobstructed.
    -3 not molesting or disturbing.
    -4 (in law) frivolously vexatious (as a suit or cause of complaint); e. g. अस्मद्- गृहप्रदीपप्रकाशेनायं स्वगृहे व्यवहरति Mitā.
    1 free from disease or illness, sound, healthy, hale.
    -2 untainted, pure.
    -3 guileless.
    -4 free from defects or blemishes.
    -5 full, complete.
    -6 infallible.
    -7 not liable to failure or miscarriage. (
    -यः, यम्) freedom from disease or illness, health, well-being, welfare, happiness; कुरूणां पाण्डवानां च प्रतिपत्स्व निरामयम् Mb.5.78.8.
    (-यः) 1 a wild goat.
    -2 a hog or boar.
    -आमिष a.
    1 fleshless; निरुपमरसप्रीत्या खादन्नरास्थि निरामिषम् Bh.
    -2 having no sensual desires or covetousness; Ms.6.49.
    -3 receiving no wages or remuneration.
    -आय a. yielding no income or revenue, profitless.
    -यः an idler living from hand to mouth.
    1 full-stretched or extended; निरायतपूर्वकायाः Ś.1.8.
    -2 contracted, compact.
    -आय- -तत्वम् shortness, compactness; निरायतत्वादुदरेण ताम्यता Ki.8.17.
    -आयति a. one whose end is at hand; नियता लघुता निरायतेः Ki.2.14.
    -आयास a. not fatiguing, easy.
    -आयुध a. unarmed, weaponless.
    -आरम्भ a. abstaining from all work (in good sense); Mb.3.82.11.
    -आलम्ब a.
    1 having no prop or support (fig. also); ऊर्ध्वबाहुं निरालम्बं तं राजा प्रत्यभाषत Rām.7.89.1; निरालम्बो लोकः कुलमयशसा नः परिवृतम् Mv.4.53.
    -2 not depending on another, independent.
    -3 self-supported, friendless, alone; निरालम्बो लम्बोदरजननि कं यामि शरणम् Jag. (
    -म्बा) spikenard. (
    -म्बम्) Brahman.
    -आलोक a.
    1 not looking about or seeing.
    -2 deprived of sight.
    -3 deprived of light, dark; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3; Bhāg.8.24.35.
    -5 invisible. (
    -कः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -आवर्ण a. manifest, evident.
    -आश a.
    1 devoid of hope, despairing or despondent of; मनो बभूवेन्दुमतीनिराशम् R.6.2.
    -2 depriving (one) of all hope.
    -आशक, -आशिन् a. hopeless; अद्य दुर्योधनो राज्याज्जीविताच्च निराशकः (भविष्यति) Mb.8.74.13.
    -आशङ्क a. fearless.
    -आशा hopeless- ness, despair.
    -आशिस् a.
    1 without a boon or blessing, without virtues; आश्रमा विहिताः सर्वे वर्जयित्वा निराशिषम् Mb.12.63.13.
    -2 without any desire, wish or hope, indifferent; निराशीर्यतचित्तात्मा Bg.4.21; जगच्छ- रण्यस्य निराशिषः सतः Ku.5.76.
    -आश्रय a.
    1 without a prop or support, supportless, unsupported; न तिष्ठति निराश्रयं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.41.
    -2 friendless, destitute, alone, without shelter or refuge; निराश्रयाधुना वत्सलता.
    -3 not deep (as a wound).
    -आस्वाद a. tasteless, insipid, un- savoury.
    -आहार a. 'foodless', fasting, abstaining from food. (
    -रः) fasting; कालो$ग्निः कर्म मृद् वायुर्मनो ज्ञानं तपो जलम् । पश्चात्तापो निराहारः सर्वे$मी शुद्धिहेतवः ॥ Y.3.31.
    -इङ्ग a. immovable, stationary; यथा दीपो निवातस्थो निरिङ्गो ज्वलते पुनः Mb.12.46.6.
    -इच्छ a. without wish or desire, indifferent.
    -इन्द्रिय a.
    1 having lost a limb or the use of it.
    -2 mutilated, maimed.
    -3 weak, infirm, frail; Kaṭh.1.1.3.
    -4 barren.
    -5 without प्रमाण or means of certain knowledge; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृत- मिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18.
    -6 destitute of manly vigour, impotent (Ved.).
    -इन्धन a. destitute of fuel.
    -ईति a. free from the calamities of the season; निरातङ्का निरीतयः R.1.63; see ईति.
    -ईश्वर a. godless, atheistic. -˚वाद atheistic doctrine.
    -ईषम् the body of a plough.
    -ईह a.
    1 desireless, indifferent; निरीहाणामीशस्तृणमिव तिरस्कारविषयः Mu.3.16.
    -2 inactive; निरीहस्य हतद्विषः R.1.24.
    (-हा), -निरीहता, -त्वम् 1 inactivity.
    -2 indifference.
    -उच्छ्वास a.
    1 breathless, without breathing; निरुच्छ्वासं हरिं चक्रुः Rām.7.7.6.
    -2 narrow, contracted; उपेयुषो वर्त्म निरन्तराभिरसौ निरुच्छ्वासमनीकिनीभिः Śi.3.32.
    -3 dead; निरुच्छ्वासाः पुनः केचित् पतिता जगतीतले Rām.6.58.13. (
    -सः) absence of breath; लोका निरुच्छ्वासनिपीडिता भृशम् Bhāg.4. 8.8.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 answerless, without a reply.
    -2 un- able to answer, silenced.
    -3 having no superior.
    -उत्थ a. irrecoverable.
    -उद्धति a. not jolting (a chariot); अभूतल- स्पर्शतया निरुद्धतिः Ś.7.1. (v. l.)
    -उत्सव a. without festivi- ties; विरतं गेयमृतुर्निरुत्सवः R.8.66.
    -उत्साह a.
    1 inactive, indolent.
    -2 devoid of energy.
    (-हः) 1 absence of energy.
    -2 indolence.
    -उत्सुक a.
    1 indifferent.
    -2 calm, tranquil.
    - उदक a. waterless.
    1 having no belly or trunk.
    -2 thin (अतुन्दिल); श्रीमान्निरुदरो महान् Rām.3.16.31.
    -उद्यम, -उद्योग a. effortless, inactive, lazy, idle.
    उद्विग्न, -उद्वेग a. free from excitement or perturbation, sedate, calm.
    -उपक्रम a.
    1 without a commencement.
    -2 incurable.
    -उपद्रव a.
    1 free from calamity or affliction, not visited by danger or adver- sity, lucky, happy, undisturbed, unmolested, free from hostile attacks.
    -2 free from national distress or tyranny.
    -3 causing no affliction.
    -4 auspicious (as a star).
    -5 secure, peaceful.
    -उपधि a. guileless, honest; U.2.2. ˚जीवन a. leading an honest life. (v. l.).
    -उपपत्ति a. unsuitable.
    1 without any title or designation; अरे आर्यचारुदत्तं निरुपपदेन नाम्नालपसि Mk.1.18/19.
    -2 unconnected with a subordinate word.
    -उपप्लव a.
    1 free from disturbance, obstacle or calamity, unharmed; निरुपप्लवानि नः कर्माणि संवृत्तानि Ś3.
    -2 not causing any affliction or misery.
    -3 an epithet of Śiva.
    -उपभोग a. without enjoyment; संसरति निरुपभोगं भावैरधिवासितं लिङ्गम् Sāṅ. K.4.
    - उपम a. peerless, matchless, incomparable.
    -उपसर्ग free from portents.
    -उपस्कृत a. not corrupted, pure; of self-denying temperament; शमेन तपसा चैव भक्त्या च निरुपस्कृतः । शुद्धात्मा ब्राह्मणो रात्रौ निदर्शनमपश्यत ॥ Mb.12.271.14.
    1 not injured, unhurt.
    -2 auspicious, lucky.
    -उपाख्य a.
    1 unreal, false, non-existent (as वन्ध्यापुत्र).
    -2 immaterial.
    -3 invisible. (
    -ख्यम्) the supreme Brahman.
    -उपाधि (क) a. without qualities, absolute.
    -उपाय a.
    1 without expedients, helpless.
    -2 unsuc- cessful.
    -उपेक्ष a.
    1 free from trick or fraud.
    -2 not neglectful.
    -उष्मन् a. devoid of heat, cold.
    -गन्ध a. void of smell, scentless, unfragrant, inodorous; निर्गन्धा इव किंशुकाः. ˚पुष्पी f. the Śālmali tree.
    -गर्व a. free from pride.
    -गवाक्ष a. windowless.
    -गुण a.
    1 stringless (as a bow).
    -2 devoid of all properties.
    -3 devoid of good qualities, bad, worthless; निर्गुणः शोभते नैव विपुलाड- म्बरो$पि ना Bv.1.115.
    -4 without attributes; साकारं च निराकारं सगुणं निर्गुणं विभुम् Brahmavai. P.
    -5 having no epithet. (
    -णः) the Supreme Spirit. ˚आत्मक a. having no qualities.
    -गृहः a. houseless, homeless; सुगृही निर्गृही- कृता Pt.39.
    -गौरव a.
    1 without dignity, undignified.
    -2 devoid of respect.
    -ग्रन्थ a.
    1 freed from all ties or hindrances; आत्मारामाश्च मुनयो निर्ग्रन्था अप्युरुक्रमे । कुर्वन्त्यहैतुकीं भक्तिम् Bhāg.1.7.1.
    -2 poor, possessionless, beggarly.
    -3 alone, unassisted.
    (-न्थः) 1 an idiot, a fool.
    -2 a gambler.
    -3 a saint or devotee who has renounced all worldly attachments and wanders about naked and lives as a hermit.
    -4 A Buddha Muni.
    -ग्रन्थक a.
    1 clever, expert.
    -2 unaccompanied, alone.
    -3 deserted, abandoned.
    -4 fruitless. (
    -कः 1 a religious mendicant.
    -2 a naked devotee.
    -3 a gam- bler.
    -ग्रन्थिक a. clever. (
    -कः) a naked mendicant, a Jaina mendicant of the Digambara class.
    -घटम् 1 a free market.
    -2 a crowded market.
    -घण्टः See निघण्टः.
    -घृण a.
    1 cruel, merciless, pitiless.
    -2 shame- less, immodest.
    -घृणा cruelty.
    -घोष a. noiseless, still, calm.
    -जन a.
    1 tenantless, uninhabited, unfrequented, lonely, desolate.
    -2 without any retinue or attendants; भूयश्चैवाभिरक्षन्तु निर्धनान्निर्जना इव Mb.12.151.7. (
    -नम्) a desert, solitude, lonely place.
    -जन्तु a. free from living germs; H. Yoga.
    -जर a.
    1 young, fresh.
    -2 imperishable, immortal. (
    -रः) a deity, god; (nom. pl. निर्जराः -निर्जरसः) (
    -रम्) ambrosia, nectar.
    -जरायु a. Ved. skinless.
    -जल a.
    1 waterless, desert, destitute of water.
    -2 not mixed with water. (
    -लः) a waste, desert. ˚एकादशी N. of the eleventh day in the bright half of Jyeṣṭha.
    -जाड्य free from coldness.
    -जिह्वः a frog.
    -जीव a.
    1 lifeless.
    -2 dead; चिता दहति निर्जीवं चिन्ता दहति जीवितम्.
    -ज्ञाति a. having no kinsmen, alone.
    -ज्वर a. feverless, healthy.
    -दण्डः a Śūdra.
    -दय a.
    1 merci- less, cruel, pitiless, unmerciful, unkind.
    -2 passion- ate.
    -3 very close, firm or fast, strong, excessive, violent; मुग्धे विधेहि मयि निर्दयदन्तदंशम् Gīt.1; निर्दयरति- श्रमालसाः R.19.32; निर्दयाश्लेषहेतोः Me.18.
    -4 unpitied by any; निर्दया निर्नमस्कारास्तन्मनोरनुशासनम् Ms.9.239.
    -दयम् ind.
    1 unmercifully, cruelly.
    -2 violently, excessively; न प्रहर्तुमलमस्मि निर्दयम् R.11.84.
    -दश a. more than ten days old; यदा पशुर्निर्दशः स्यादथ मेध्यो भवे- दिति Bhāg.9.7.11.
    - दशन a. toothless.
    -दाक्षिण्य a. uncourteous.
    -दुःख a.
    1 free from pain, painless.
    -2 not causing pain.
    -दैन्य a. happy, comfortable.
    -दोष a.
    1 faultless, defectless; न निर्दोषं न निर्गुणम्
    -2 guiltless, innocent.
    -द्रव्य a.
    1 immaterial.
    -2 without property, poor.
    -द्रोह a. not hostile, friendly, well-disposed, not malicious.
    -द्वन्द्व a.
    1 indifferent in regard to opposite pairs of feelings (pleasure or pain), neither glad nor sorry; निर्द्वन्द्वो निर्ममो भूत्वा चरिष्यामि मृगैः सह Mb.1.85.16; निर्द्वन्द्वो नित्यसत्त्वस्थो निर्योगक्षेम आत्मवान् Bg.2.45.
    -2 not dependent upon another, independent.
    -3 free from jealousy or envy.
    -4 not double.
    -5 not contested, un- disputed.
    -6 not acknowledging two principles.
    -धन a. without property, poor, indigent; शशिनस्तुल्यवंशो$पि निर्धनः परिभूयते Chāṇ.82. (
    -नः) an old ox. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् poverty, indigence.
    -धर्म a. unrighteous, impious, unholy.
    -धूम a. smokeless.
    -धौत a. cleansed, rendered clean; निर्धौत- दानामलगण्डभित्तिर्वन्यः सरित्तो गज उन्ममज्ज R.5.43.
    -नमस्कार a.
    1 not courteous or civil, not respecting any one.
    -2 disrespected, despised.
    -नर a. abandoned by men, deserted.
    -नाणक a. coinless, penniless; Mk.2.
    -नाथ a. without a guardian or master. ˚ता
    1 want of protection.
    -2 widowhood.
    -3 orphanage.
    -नाभि a. going or reaching beyond the navel; निर्नाभि कौशेयमुपात्तबाणम् Ku.7.7.
    -नायक a. having no leader or ruler, anarchic.
    -नाशन, -नाशिन् a. expelling, banishing.
    -निद्र a. sleepless, wakeful.
    -निमित्त a.
    1 causeless.
    -2 disinterested.
    -निमेष a. not twinkling.
    -बन्धु a. without kindred or relation, friendless.
    -बल n. powerless, weak, feeble.
    -बाध a.
    1 unobstructed.
    -2 unfrequented, lonely, solitary.
    -3 unmolested.
    (-धः) 1 a part of the marrow.
    -2 a knob.
    -बीज a. seedless, impotent. (
    -जा) a sort of grape (Mar. बेदाणा).
    -बुद्धि a. stupid, ignorant, foolish.
    -बुष, -बुस a. unhusked, freed from chaff.
    -भक्त a. taken without eating (as a medicine).
    -भय a.
    1 fearless, undaunted.
    -2 free from danger, safe, secure; निर्भयं तु भवेद्यस्य राष्ट्रं बाहुबलाश्रितम् Ms.9.255.
    -भर a.
    1 excessive, vehement, violent, much, strong; त्रपाभरनिर्भर- स्मरशर &c. Gīt.12; तन्व्यास्तिष्ठतु निर्भरप्रणयिता मानो$पि रम्यो- दयः Amaru.47.
    -2 ardent.
    -3 fast, close (as embrace); कुचकुम्भनिर्भरपरीरम्भामृतं वाञ्छति Gīt.; परिरभ्य निर्भरम् Gīt.1.
    -4 sound, deep (as sleep).
    -5 full of, filled with (at the end of comp.); आनन्द˚, गर्व˚ &c. (
    -रः) a servant receiving no wages. (
    -रम्) excess. (
    -रम् ind.)
    1 ex- cessively, exceedingly, intensely.
    -2 soundly.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky.
    -भाज्य a. to be separated; स निर्भाज्यः स्वकादंशात् किंचिद्दत्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
    -भृतिः a. without wages, hireless.
    -भोगः a. not fond of plea- sures.
    -मक्षिक a. 'free from flies', undisturbed, private, lonely. (
    -कम्) ind. without flies, i. e. lonely, private; कृतं भवतेदानीं निर्मक्षिकम् Ś.2,6.
    -मज्ज a. fatless, meagre.
    -मत्सर a. free from envy, unenvious; निर्मत्सरे मत्समे वत्स... वसुन्धराभारमारोप्य Rāmāyaṇachampū.
    -मत्स्य a. fishless.
    -मद a.
    1 not intoxicated, sober, quiet.
    -2 not proud, humble.
    -3 sad, sorry.
    -4 not in rut (as an elephant).
    -मनुज, -मनुष्य a. tenantless, uninhabited, deserted by men.
    -मन्तु a. faultless, innocent.
    -मन्त्र a.
    1 a ceremony, unaccompanied by holy texts.
    -2 not familiar with holy texts; Mb.12.36.43.
    -मन्यु, -मन्युक a. free from anger; Mb.5.133.4.
    -मम a.
    1 free from all connections with the outer world, who has renounced all worldly ties; संसारमिव निर्ममः (ततार) R.12.6; Bg.2.71; निराशीर्निर्ममो भूत्वा युध्यस्व विगतज्वरः 3.3.
    -2 unselfish, disinterested.
    -3 indifferent to (with loc.); निर्ममे निर्ममो$र्थेषु मथुरां मधुराकृतिः R.15.28; प्राप्तेष्वर्थेषु निर्ममाः Mb.
    -4 an epithet of Śiva.
    -मर्याद a.
    1 boundless, immeasurable.
    -2 transgressing the limits of right or propriety, unrestrained, unruly, sinful, criminal; मनुजपशुभिर्निर्मर्यादैर्भवद्भिरुदायुधैः Ve.3.22.
    -3 confused.
    -4 insolent, immodest. (
    -दम्) ind. confusedly, topsy- turvy. (
    -दम्) confusion, disorder.
    -मल a.
    1 free from dirt or impurities, clear, pure, stainless, unsullied (fig. also); नीरान्निर्मलतो जनिः Bv.1.63.
    -2 resplendent, bright; Bh.1.56.
    -3 sinless, virtuous; निर्मलाः स्वर्गमायान्ति सन्तः सुकृतिनो यथा Ms.8.318.
    (-लम्) 1 talc.
    -2 the remainings of an offering made to a deity. ˚उपलः a crystal.
    - मशक a. free from gnats.
    -मांस a. fleshless; स्वल्प- स्नायुवसावशेषमलिनं निर्मांसमप्यस्थिकम् Bh.2.3.
    -मान a.
    1 without self-confidence.
    -2 free from pride.
    -मानुष a. uninhabited, desolate.
    -मार्ग a. roadless, pathless.
    -मिथ्य a. not false, true; H. Yoga.
    -मुटः 1 a tree bearing large blossoms.
    -2 the sun.
    -3 a rogue. (
    -टम्) a large free market or fair.
    -मूल a.
    1 rootless (as a tree).
    -2 baseless, unfounded (statement, charge &c.).
    -3 eradicated.
    -मेघ a. cloudless.
    -मेध a. without un- derstanding, stupid, foolish, dull.
    -मोह a. free from illusion. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -यत्न a. inactive, lazy, dull.
    -यन्त्रण a.
    1 unrestrained, unobstructed, uncontrolled, unrestricted.
    -2 unruly, self-willed, in- dependent.
    (-णम्) 1 squeezing out.
    -2 absence of restraint, independence.
    -यशस्क a. without fame, dis- creditable, inglorious.
    -युक्त a.
    1 constructed, built.
    -2 directed.
    -3 (in music) limited to metre and mea- sure.
    -युक्ति f.
    1 disunion.
    -2 absence of connection or government.
    -3 unfitness, impropriety.
    -युक्तिक a.
    1 disjoined, unconnected.
    -2 illogical, unmeaning.
    -3 unfit, improper.
    -यूथ a. separated from the herd, strayed from the flock (as an elephant).
    -यूष = निर्यास.
    -योगक्षेम a. free from care (about acquisition); Bg.2. 45.
    -रक्त a. (
    -नीरक्त) colourless, faded.
    -रज, -रजस्क a.
    (-नीरज, नीरजस्क) 1 free from dust.
    -2 devoid of passion or darkness. (
    -जः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रजस् (नरिजस्) a. see
    नीरज. (-f.) a woman not men- struating. ˚तमसा absence of passion or darkness.
    -रत (नीरत) a. not attached to, indifferent.
    -रन्ध्र a.
    (नीरन्ध्र) 1 without holes or interstices, very close or contiguous, thickly situated; नीरन्ध्रनीरनिचुलानि सरित्तटानि U.2.23.
    -2 thick, dense.
    -3 coarse, gross.
    -रव a. (
    -नीरव) not making any noise, noiseless; गतिविभ्रमसाद- नीरवा (रसना) R.8.58.
    -रस a.
    (नीरस) 1 tasteless, unsavoury, flavourless.
    -2 (fig.) insipid, without any poetic charm; नीरसानां पद्मानाम् S. D.1.
    -3 sapless, without juice, withered or dried up; Ś. Til.9.
    -4 vain, use- less, fruitless; अलब्धफलनीरसान् मम विधाय तस्मिन् जने V.2.11.
    -5 disagreeable.
    -6 cruel, merciless. (
    -सः) the pomegranate.
    - रसन a. (
    नीरसन) having no girdle (रसना); Ki.5.11.
    -रुच् a. (
    नीरुच्) without lustre, faded, dim; परिमलरुचिराभिर्न्यक्कृतास्तु प्रभाते युवतिभिरुप- भोगान्नीरुचः पुष्पमालाः Śi.11.27.
    -रुज्, -रुज a. (नीरुज्, नीरुज) free from sickness, healthy, sound; नीरुजस्य किमौषधैः H.1.
    -रूप a. (नीरूप) formless, shapeless.
    (-पः) 1 air, wind.
    -2 a god. (
    -पम्) ether.
    -रोग a. (नीरोग) free from sickness or disease, healthy, sound; यथा नेच्छति नीरोगः कदाचित् सुचिकित्सकम् Pt.1.118.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having no auspicious marks, ill-featured.
    -2 undisting- uished.
    -3 unimportant, insignificant.
    -4 unspotted.
    -5 having a white back.
    -लक्ष्य a. invisible.
    -लज्ज a. shameless, impudent.
    -लाञ्छनम् the marking of dome- stic animals (by perforating the nose &c.).
    -लिङ्ग a. having no distinguishing or characteristic marks.
    -लिप्त a.
    1 unanointed.
    -2 undefiled, unsullied.
    -3 indifferent to.
    (-प्तः) 1 N. of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -2 a sage.
    -लून a. cut through or off.
    -लेप a.
    1 unsmeared, unanointed; निर्लेपं काञ्चनं भाण्डमद्भिरेव विशुध्यति Ms.5.112.
    -2 stainless, sinless. (
    -पः) a sage.
    -लोभ a. free from desire or avarice, unavaricious.
    -लोमन् a. devoid of hair, hairless.
    -वंश a. without posterity, childless.
    1 not speaking, silent.
    -2 unobjectionable, blameless; (for other senses see the word separately).
    -नम् ind. silently; माल्येन तां निर्वचनं जघान Ku.7.19.
    -वण, -वन a.
    1 being out of a wood.
    -2 free from woods.
    -3 bare, open.
    -वत्सल a. not loving or fondling (esp. children); निर्वत्सले सुतशतस्य विपत्तिमेतां त्वं नानुचिन्तयसि Ve.5.3.
    -वर = निर्दरम् q. v.
    -वसु a. destitute of wealth, poor.
    -वाच्य a.
    1 not fit to be said.
    -2 blameless, unobjectionable; सखीषु निर्वाच्य- मधार्ष्ट्यदूषितं प्रियाङ्गसंश्लेषमवाप मानिनी Ki.8.48.
    -वात a. free or sheltered from wind, calm, still; हिमनिष्यन्दिनी प्रातर्निर्वातेव वनस्थली R.15.66. (
    -तः) a place sheltered from or not exposed to wind; निर्वाते व्यजनम् H.2.124.
    -वानर a. free from monkeys.
    -वायस a. free from crows.
    -वार्य a.
    1 irresistible.
    -2 acting fearlessly or boldly.
    -विकल्प, -विकल्पक a.
    1 not admitting an alternative.
    -2 being without determination or resolu- tion.
    -3 not capable of mutual relation.
    -4 conditioned.
    -5 undeliberative.
    -6 recognizing no such distinction as that of subject and object, or of the knower and the known; as applied to समाधि or contemplation, it is 'an exclusive concentration upon the one entity without distinct and separate consciousness of the knower, the known, and the knowing, and without even self-consciousness'; निर्विकल्पकः ज्ञातृज्ञानादिविकल्पभेद- लयापेक्षः; नो चेत् चेतः प्रविश सहसा निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Bh.3.61; आत्मारामा विहितरतयो निर्विकल्पे समाधौ Ve.1.23.
    -7 (in phil.) not arising from the relation of the qualifier and the qualified, (विशेषणविशेष्यसंबन्धानवगाहि प्रत्यक्षं ज्ञानम्) said of knowledge not derived from the senses, as घटत्व. (
    -ल्पम्) ind. without hesitation or wavering.
    -विकार a.
    1 unchanged, unchangeable, immutable.
    -2 not dispos- ed; तौ स्थास्यतस्ते नृपती निदेशे परस्परावग्रहनिर्विकारौ M.5.14.
    -3 disinterested; तरुविटपलतानां बान्धवो निर्विकारः Ṛs.2.28. (
    -रः) the Supreme deity.
    -विकास a. unblown.
    -विघ्न a. uninterrupted, unobstructed, free from impediments; निर्विघ्नं कुरु मे देव सर्वकार्येषु सर्वदा. (
    -घ्नम्) absence of impedi- ment.
    -विचार a. not reflecting, thoughtless, incon- siderate; रे रे स्वैरिणि निर्विचारकविते मास्मत्प्रकाशीभव Chandr. 1.2. (
    -रम्) ind. thoughtlessly, unhesitatingly.
    -वि- चिकित्स a. free from doubt or reflection.
    -विचेष्ट a. motionless, insensible; यो हि दिष्टमुपासीनो निर्विचेष्टः सुखं शयेत् Mb.3.32.14.
    -वितर्क a. unreflecting.
    -विनोद a. without amusement, void of pastime, diversion or solace; शङ्के रात्रौ गुरुतरशुचं निर्विनोदां सखीं ते Me.9.
    -विन्ध्या N. of a river in the Vindhya hills; निर्विन्ध्यायाः पथि भव रसाभ्यन्तरः सन्निपत्य Me.28.
    -विमर्श a.
    1 void of reflec- tion, thoughtless.
    -2 not having विमर्श Sandhi.
    -विवर a.
    1 having no opening or cavity.
    2 without interstices or interval, close, compact; घटते हि संहततया जनितामिदमेव निर्विवरतां दधतोः Śi.9.44.
    -विवाद a.
    1 not contending or disagreeing.
    -2 undisputed, not contra- dicted or disputed, universally acknowledged.
    -विवेक a. indiscreet, void of judgment, wanting in discrimination, foolish.
    -विशङ्क a. fearless, undaunted, confident; Ms.7.176; यस्मिन्कृत्यं समावेश्य निर्विशङ्केन चेतसा । आस्यते सेवकः स स्यात् कलत्रमिव चापरम् ॥ Pt.1.85.
    -विशेष a. showing or making no difference, indiscriminating, without dis- tinction; निर्विशेषा वयं त्वयि Mb.; निर्विशेषो विशेषः Bh.3.5. 'a difference without distinction'.
    -2 having no difference, same, like, not differing from (oft. in comp.); निर्विशेषाकृति 'having the same form'; प्रवातनीलो- त्पलनिर्विशेषम् Ku.1.46; स निर्विशेषप्रतिपत्तिरासीत् R.14.22.
    -3 indiscriminate, promiscuous. (
    -षः) absence of difference. (निर्विशेषम् and निर्विशेषेण are used adverbially in the sense of 'without difference', 'equally', indiscrimi- nately'; क्रुद्धेन विप्रमुक्तो$यं निर्विशेषं प्रियाप्रिये Rām.7.22.41. स्वगृहनिर्विशेषमत्र स्थीयताम् H.1; R.5.6.).
    -विशेषण a. without attributes.
    -विष a. poisonless (as a snake); निर्विषा डुण्डुभाः स्मृताः.
    -विषङ्ग a. not attached, indifferent.
    -विषय a.
    1 expelled or driven away from one's home, residence or proper place; मनोनिर्विषयार्थकामया Ku.5.38; R.9.32; also
    -निर्विषयीकृत; वने प्राक्कलनं तीर्थं ये ते निर्विषयी- कृताः Rām.2.14.4.
    -2 having no scope or sphere of action; किंच एवं काव्यं प्रविरलविषयं निर्विषयं वा स्यात् S. D.1.
    -3 not attached to sensual objects (as mind).
    -विषाण a. destitute of horns.
    -विहार a. having no pleasure.
    -वीज, -बीज a.
    1 seedless.
    -2 impotent.
    -3 causeless.
    -वीर a.
    1 deprived of heroes; निर्वीरमुर्वीतलम् P. R.1.31.
    -2 cowardly.
    -वीरा a woman whose husband and children are dead.
    -वीर्य a. powerless, feeble, unmanly, impotent; निर्वीर्यं गुरुशापभाषितवशात् किं मे तवेवायुधम् Ve.3.34.
    -वीरुध, -वृक्ष a. treeless.
    -वृत्ति f. accomplishment, achievement; अत आसां निर्वृत्त्या अपवर्गः स्यात् । आतण्डुलनिर्वृत्तेः आ च पिष्टनिर्वृत्तेरभ्यास इति ॥ ŚB. on MS.11.1.27. -a. having no occupation, destitute. See निर्वृति.
    -वृष a. depriv- ed of bulls.
    -वेग a. not moving, quiet, calm.
    -वेतन a honorary, unsalaried.
    -वेद a. not acknowledging the Vedas, an atheist, infidel.
    -वेष्टनम् a. a weaver's shuttle.
    -वैर a. free from enmity, amicable, peaceable. (
    -रम्) absence of enmity.
    -वैलक्ष्य a. shameless.
    -व्यञ्जन a.
    1 straight-forward.
    -2 without condiment. (
    -नम् ind.) plainly, in a straight-forward or honest manner.
    -व्यथ, -न a.
    1 free from pain.
    -2 quiet, calm.
    -व्यथनम् a hole; छिद्रं निर्व्यथनम् Ak.
    -व्यपेक्ष a. indifferent to, regardless of; मृग्यश्च दर्भाङ्कुरनिर्व्यपेक्षास्तवागतिज्ञं समबोधयन् माम् R.13.25;14.39.
    -व्यलीक a.
    1 not hurting or offending.
    -2 without pain.
    -3 pleased, doing anything willingly.
    -4 sincere, genuine, undissembling.
    -व्यवधान a. (ground) uncovered, bare.
    -व्यवश्थ a. moving hither and thither.
    -व्यसन a. free from bad inclination.
    -व्याकुल a. calm.
    -व्याघ्र a. not haunted or infested by tigers.
    -व्याज a.
    1 candid, upright, honest, plain.
    -2 without fraud, true, genuine.
    -3 got by heroism or daring deeds (not by fraud or cowardly conduct); अशस्त्रपूतनिर्व्याजम् (महामांसम्) Māl.5.12. (v. l.)
    -4 not hypocritical; धर्मस्य निर्व्याजता (विभूषणम्) Bh.2.82. (
    -जम् ind.) plainly, honestly, candidly; निर्व्याजमालिङ्गितः Amaru.85.
    -व्याजीकृत a. made plain, freed from deceit.
    -व्यापार a.
    1 without employment or business, free from occupation; तं दधन्मैथिलीकण्ठनिर्व्यापारेण बाहुना R.15.56.
    -2 motionless; U.6.
    -व्यावृत्ति a. not invol- ving any return (to worldly existence).
    -व्रण a.
    1 un- hurt, without wounds.
    -2 without rents.
    -व्रत a. not observing vows.
    -व्रीड a. shameless, impudent.
    -हिमम् cessation of winter.
    -हेति a. weaponless.
    -हेतु a. cause- less, having no cause or reason.
    -ह्रीक a.
    1 shameless, impudent.
    -2 bold, daring.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निर् _nir

  • 5 सु _su

    1
    सु I. 1 U. (सुवति-ते) To go, move. -II. 1, 2 P. (सवति, सौति) To possess power or supremacy. -III. 5. U. (सुनोति, सुनुते; सुत; the स् of सु is changed to ष् after any preposition ending in इ or उ)
    1 To press out or extract juice.
    -2 To distil.
    -3 To pour out, sprinkle, make a libation.
    -4 To perform a sacrifice especially the Soma (sacrifice).
    -5 To bathe.
    -6 To churn. -Desid. (सुषूषति-ते) -- With उद् to excite, agitate. -प्र to produce, beget.
    2
    सु ind. A particle often used with nouns to form Karmadhāraya and Bahuvrīhī compounds, and with adjectives and adverbs. It has the following senses:--
    1 Well, good, excellent; as in सुगन्धि.
    -2 Beautiful, handsome; as in सुमध्यमा, सुकेशी &c.
    -3 Well, perfectly, thoroughly, properly; सुजीर्णमन्नं सुविचक्षणः सुतः सुशासिता स्त्री नृपतिः सुसेवितः......सुदीर्घकाले$पि न याति विक्रियाम् H.1.22.
    -4 Easily, readily, as in सुकर or सुलभ q. v.
    -5 Much, very much, exceedingly; सुदारुण, सुदीर्घ &c.
    -6 Worthy of respect or reverence.
    -7 It is also said to have the senses of assent, prosperity, and distress.
    -Comp. -अक्ष a.
    1 having good eyes.
    -2 having keen organs, acute.
    -अङ्ग a. well-shaped, handsome, lovely.
    -अच्छ a. see s. v.
    -अन्त a. having happy end, ending well.
    -अल्प, -अल्पक a. see s. v.
    -अस्ति, -अस्तिक see s. v.
    -आकार, -आकृति a. well-formed, handsome, beautiful.
    - आगत see s. v.
    -आदानम् taking justly or properly; स्वादानाद्वर्णसंसर्गात्त्वबलानां च रक्षणात् । बलं संजायते राज्ञः स प्रेत्येह च वर्धते ॥ Ms.8.172.
    -आभास a. very splendid or illustrious; सारतो न विरोधी नः स्वाभासो भरवानुत Ki.15. 22.
    -इष्ट a. properly sacrificed; स्विष्टं यजुर्भिः प्रणतो$स्मि यज्ञम् Bhāg.4.7.41. ˚कृत् m. a form of fire; धर्मादिभ्यो यथान्यायं मन्त्रैः स्विष्टकृतं बुधः Bhāg.11.27.41.
    -उक्त a. well-spoken, well-said; अथवा सूक्तं खलु केनापि Ve.3. (
    -क्ता) a kind of bird (सारिका).
    (-क्तम्) 1 a good or wise saying; नेतुं वाञ्छति यः खलान् पथि सतां सूक्तैः सुधा- स्यन्दिभिः Bh.2.6; R.15.97.
    -2 a Vedic hymn, as in पुरुषसूक्त &c. ˚दर्शिन् m. a hymn-seer, Vedic sage. ˚वाकन्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which some thing that is declared as being subordinate to some- thing else should be understood to signify a part or whole on the basis of expediency or utility. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर at MS.3.2.15-18. ˚वाच् f.
    1 a hymn.
    -2 praise, a word of praise.
    -उक्तिः f.
    1 a good or friendly speech.
    -2 a good or clever saying.
    -3 a correct sentence.
    -उत्तर a.
    1 very superior.
    -2 well towards the north.
    -उत्थान a. making good efforts, vigorous, active. (
    -नम्) vigorous effort or exertion.
    -उन्मद, -उन्माद a. quite mad or frantic.
    - उपसदन a. easy to be approached.
    -उपस्कर a. furnished with good instruments.
    -कण्टका the aloe plant.
    -कण्ठ a. sweet- voiced. (
    -ण्ठी) the female cuckoo.
    -कण्डुः itch.
    -कन्दः 1 an onion.
    -2 a yam.
    -3 a sort of grass.
    -कन्दकः onion.
    -कर a. (
    -रा or
    -री f.)
    1 easy to be done, practi- cable, feasible; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं (अध्यवसातुं) दुष्करम् Ve.3 'sooner said than done'.
    -2 easy to be managed. (
    -रः) a good-natured horse. (
    -रा) a tractable cow. (
    -रम्) charity, benevolence.
    -कर्मन् a.
    1 one whose deeds are righteous, virtuous, good.
    -2 active, diligent. (-m.) N. of Visvakarman.
    -कल a. one who has acquired a great reputation for liberality in giving and using (money &c,)
    -कलिल a. well filled with.
    -कल्प a. very qualified or skilled; कालेन यैर्वा विमिताः सुकल्पैर्भूपांसवः खे मिहिका द्युभासः Bhāg.1.14.7.
    -कल्पित a. well equip- ped or armed.
    -कल्य a. perfectly sound.
    -काण्डः the Kāravella plant.
    -काण्डिका the Kāṇḍīra creeper.
    -काण्डिन् a.
    1 having beautiful stems.
    -2 beautifully joined. (-m.) a bee.
    -काष्ठम् fire-wood.
    -कुन्दकः an onion.
    -कुमार a.
    1 very delicate or soft, smooth.
    -2 beautifully young or youthful.
    (-रः) 1 a beautiful youth.
    -2 a kind of sugar-cane.
    -3 a kind of grain (श्यामाक).
    -4 a kind of mustard.
    -5 the wild Cham- paka.
    (-रा) 1 the double jasmine.
    -2 the plantain.
    -3 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -कुमारकः 1 a beauti- ful youth.
    -2 rice (शालि).
    (-कम्) 1 the Tamāla- patra.
    -2 a particutar part of the ear.
    -कुमारी the Navamallikā jasmine.
    -कृत् a.
    1 doing good, benevolent.
    -2 pious, virtuous, righteous.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 for- tunate, lucky.
    -5 making good sacrifices or offerings. (-m.)
    1 a skilful worker.
    -2 N. of Tvaṣṭri.
    -कृत a.
    1 done well or properly.
    -2 thoroughly done; कच्चिन्नु सुकृतान्येव कृतरूपाणि वा पुनः । विदुस्ते सर्वकार्याणि Rām.2.1.2.
    -3 well made or constructed.
    -4 treated with kindness, assisted, befriended.
    -5 virtuous, righteous, pious.
    -6 lucky, fortunate.
    (-तम्) 1 any good or virtuous act, kindness, favour, service; नादत्ते कस्यचित् पापं न चैव सुकृतं विभुः Bg.5.15; Me.17.
    -2 virtue, moral or religious merit; स्वर्गाभिसंधिसुकृतं वञ्चनामिव मेनिरे Ku.6.47; तच्चिन्त्यमानं सुकृतं तवेति R.14.16.
    -3 fortune, auspiciousness.
    -4 recompense, reward.
    -5 Penance; तदभूरिवासरकृतं सुकृतैरुप- लभ्य वैभवमनन्यभवम् Ki.6.29.
    -कृतिः f.
    1 well-doing, a good act.
    -2 kindness, virtue.
    -3 practice of penance.
    -4 auspiciousness.
    -कृतिन् a.
    1 acting well or kindly.
    -2 virtuous, pious, good, righteous; सन्तः सन्तु निरापदः सुकृतिनां कीर्तिश्चिरं वर्धताम् H.4.132; चतुर्विधा भजन्ते मां जनाः सुकृतिनो$र्जुन Bg.7.16.
    -3 wise, learned.
    -4 benevolent.
    -5 fortunate, lucky.
    -कृत्यम् a good action; सुकृत्यं विष्णु- गुप्तस्य मित्राप्तिर्भार्गवस्य च Pt.2.45.
    -केश(स)रः the citron tree.
    -क्रतुः 1 N. of Agni.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of Indra.
    -4 of Mitra and Varuṇa.
    -5 of the sun.
    -6 of Soma.
    -क्रयः a fair bargain.
    -क्षेत्र a. sprung from a good womb.
    -खल्लिका luxurious life.
    -ग a.
    1 going gracefully or well.
    -2 graceful, elegant.
    -3 easy of access; अकृत्यं मन्यते कृत्यमगम्यं मन्यते सुगम् । अभक्ष्यं मन्यते भक्ष्यं स्त्रीवाक्यप्रेरितो नरः ॥ Pt.2.148.
    -4 intelligible, easy to be understood (opp. दुर्ग). (
    -गः) a Gandharva; गीतैः सुगा वाद्यधराश्च वाद्यकैः Bhāg.1.12.34.
    (-गम्) 1 ordure, feces.
    -2 happiness.
    -गण् m. a good calculator; L. D. B. -a. counting well.
    -गणकः a good calculator or astronomer.
    -गत a.
    1 well-gone or passed.
    -2 well-bestowed. (
    -तः) an epithet of Buddha.
    -गतिः 1 Welfare, hap- piness.
    -2 a secure refuge.
    -गन्धः 1 fragrance, odour, perfume.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a trader.
    (-न्धम्) 1 sandal.
    -2 small cumin seed.
    -3 a blue lotus.
    -4 a kind of fragrant grass. (
    -न्धा) sacred basil.
    -गन्धकः 1 sulphur.
    -2 the red Tulasee.
    -3 the orange.
    -4 a kind of gourd,
    -गन्धमूला a land-growing lotus-plant; L. D. B.
    -गन्धारः an epithet of Śiva.
    -गन्धि a.
    1 sweet-smelling, fra- grant, redolent with perfumes.
    -2 virtuous, pious.
    (-न्धिः) 1 perfume, fragrance.
    -2 the Supreme Being.
    -3 a kind of sweet-smelling mango. (
    -न्धि n.)
    1 the root of long pepper.
    -2 a kind of fragrant grass.
    -3 cori- ander seed. ˚त्रिफला
    1 nutmeg.
    -2 areca nut.
    -3 cloves. ˚मूलम् the root Uśīra. ˚मूषिका the musk-rat.
    -गन्धिकः 1 incense.
    -2 sulphur.
    -3 a kind of rice. (
    -कम्) the white lotus.
    -गम a.
    1 easy of access, accessible.
    -2 easy.
    -3 plain, intelligible.
    -गरम् cinnabar.
    -गहना an enclosure round a place of sacrifice to exclude profane access. ˚वृत्तिः f. the same as above.
    -गात्री a beautiful woman.
    -गृद्ध a. intensely longing for.
    -गृह a. (
    -ही f.) having a beautiful house or abode, well-lodged; सुगृही निर्गृहीकृता Pt.1.39.
    -गृहीत a.
    1 held well or firmly, grasped.
    -2 used or applied properly or auspiciously. ˚नामन् a.
    1 one whose name is auspiciously invoked, one whose name it is auspicious to utter (as Bali, Yudhi- ṣṭhira), a term used as a respectful mode of speaking; सुगृहीतनाम्नः भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1.
    -ग्रासः a dainty mor- sel.
    -ग्रीव a. having a beautiful neck.
    (-वः) 1 a hero.
    -2 a swan.
    -3 a kind of weapon.
    -4 N. of one of the four horses of Kṛiṣṇa.
    -5 of Śiva.
    -6 of Indra.
    -7 N. of a monkey-chief and brother of Vāli. [By the advice of Kabandha, Rāma went to Sugrīva who told him how his brother had treated him and besought his assistance in recovering his wife, promising at the same time that he would assist Rāma in recovering his wife Sīta. Rāma, therfore, killed vāli, and installed Sugrīva on the throne. He then assisted Rāma with his hosts of monkeys in conquering Rāvaṇa, and recovering Sīta.] ˚ईशः N. of Rāma; सुग्रीवेशः कटी पातु Rāma-rakṣā.8.
    -ग्ल a. very weary or fatigued.
    -घोष a. having a pleasant sound. (
    -षः) N. of the conch of Nakula; नकुलः सहदेवश्च सुघोषमणपुष्पकौ Bg.1.16.
    -चक्षुस् a. having good eyes, seeing well. (-m.)
    1 discerning or wise man, learned man.
    -2 The glomerous fig-tree.
    -चरित, -चरित्र a.
    1 well-conducted, well-behaved; वृषभैकादशा गाश्च दद्यात् सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.116.
    -2 moral, virtuous; तान् विदित्वा सुचरितैर्गूढैस्तत्कर्मकारिभिः Ms.9.261. (
    -तम्, -त्रम्) 1 good conduct, virtuous deeds.
    -2 merit; तव सुचरितमङ्गुलीय नूनं प्रतनु Ś.6.1. (
    -ता, -त्रा) a well-conducted, devoted, and virtuous wife.
    -चर्मन् m. the Bhūrja tree.
    -चित्रकः 1 a king fisher.
    -2 a kind of speckled snake.
    -चित्रा a kind of gourd.
    -चिन्ता, -चिन्तनम् deep thought, deep reflection or consideration.
    -चिरम् ind. for a very long time, very long.
    -चिरायुस् m. a god, deity.
    -चुटी a pair of nippers or tongs.
    -चेतस् a.
    1 well-minded.
    -2 wise.
    -चेतीकृत a. with the heart satiated; well- disposed; ततः सुचेतीकृतपौरभृत्यः Bk.3.2.
    -चेलकः a fine cloth.
    -च्छद a. having beautiful leaves.
    -छत्रः N. of Śiva. (
    -त्रा) the river Sutlej.
    -जन a.
    1 good, virtuous, respectable.
    -2 kind, benevolent.
    (-नः) 1 a good or virtuous man, benevolent man.
    -2 a gentleman.
    -3 N. of Indra's charioteer.
    -जनता 1 goodness, kind- ness, benevolence, virtue; ऐश्वर्यस्य विभूषणं सुजनता Bh.2. 82.
    -2 a number of good men.
    -3 bravery.
    -जन्मन् a.
    1 of noble or respectable birth; या कौमुदी नयनयोर्भवतः सुजन्मा Māl.1.34.
    -2 legitimate, lawfully born.
    -जलम् a lotus.
    -जल्पः 1 a good speech.
    -2 a kind of speech thus described by Ujjvalamaṇi; यत्रार्जवात् सगाम्भीर्यं सदैन्यं सहचापलम् । सोत्कण्ठं च हरिः स्पृष्टः स सुजल्पो निगद्यते ॥
    -जात a.
    1 well-grown, tall.
    -2 well made or produced.
    -3 of high birth.
    -4 beautiful, lovely; सुजातं कल्याणी भवतु कृत- कृत्यः स च युवा Māl.1.16; R.3.8.
    -5 very delicate; खिद्यत् सुजाताङ्घ्रितलामुन्निन्ये प्रेयसीं प्रियः Bhāg.1.3.31.
    -डीनकम् a kind of flight of birds; Mb.8.41.27 (com. पश्चाद् गतिः पराडीनं स्वर्गगं सुडीनकम्).
    -तनु a.
    1 having a beautiful body.
    -2 extremely delicate or slender, very thin.
    -3 emaciated. (
    -नुः, -नूः f.) a lovely lady; एताः सुतनु मुखं ते सख्यः पश्यन्ति हेमकूटगताः V.1.1; Ś.7.24.
    -तन्त्री a.
    1 well-stringed.
    -2 (hence) melodious.
    -तपस् a.
    1 one who practises austere penance; a वानप्रस्थ; स्विष्टिः स्वधीतिः सुतपा लोकाञ्जयति यावतः Mb.12.71.3.
    -2 having great heat. (-m.)
    1 an ascetic, a devotee, hermit, an anchorite.
    -2 the sun. (-n.) an austere penance.
    -तप्त a.
    1 greatly harassed, afflicted.
    -2 very severe (as a penance); तपसैव सुतप्तेन मुच्यन्ते किल्बिषात्ततः Ms.11.239.
    -तमाम् ind. most excellently, best.
    -तराम् ind.
    1 bet- ter, more excellently.
    -2 exceedingly, very, very much, excessively; तया दुहित्रा सुतरां सवित्री स्फुरत्प्रभामण्डलया चकाशे Ku.1.24; सुतरां दयालुः R.2.53;7.21;14.9;18.24.
    -3 more so, much more so; मय्यप्यास्था न ते चेत्त्वयि मम सुतरा- मेष राजन् गतो$ स्मि Bh.3.3.
    -4 consequently.
    -तर्दनः the (Indian) cuckco.
    -तर्मन् a. good for crossing over; सुतर्माणमधिनावं रुहेम Ait. Br.1.13; (cf. also यज्ञो वै सुतर्मा).
    -तलम् 1 'immense depth', N. of one of the seven regi- ons below the earth; see पाताल; (याहि) सुतलं स्वर्गीभिः प्रार्थ्यं ज्ञातिभिः परिवारितः Bhāg.8.22.33.
    -2 the foundation of a large building.
    -तान a. melodious.
    -तार a.
    1 very bright.
    -2 very loud; सुतारैः फूत्कारैः शिव शिव शिवेति प्रतनुमः Bh.3.2.
    -3 having a beautiful pupil (as an eye). (
    -रः) a kind of perfume. (
    -रा) (in Sāṁkhya) one of the nine kinds of acquiescence.
    -तिक्तकः the coral tree.
    -तीक्ष्ण a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very pungent.
    -3 acutely painful.
    (-क्ष्णः) 1 the Śigru tree.
    -2 N. of a sage; नाम्ना सुतीक्ष्णश्चरितेन दान्तः R.13.41. ˚दशनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -तीर्थः 1 a good preceptor.
    -2 N. of Śiva. -a. easily crossed or traversed.
    -तुङ्ग a. very lofty or tall.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 the cocoa-nut tree.
    -2 the culminating point of a planet.
    -तुमुल a. very loud.
    -तेजन a. well-pointed, sharpened. (
    -नः) a well-pointed arrow.
    -तेजस् a.
    1 very sharp.
    -2 very bright, or splendid.
    -3 very mighty. (-m.) a worshipper of the sun.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 very sincere or upright.
    -2 liberal or rich in sacrificial gifts; यज्ञैर्भूरिसुदक्षिणैः सुविहितैः संप्राप्यते यत् फलम् Pt.1. 31.
    -3 very skilful.
    -4 very polite. (
    -णा) N. of the wife of Dilīpa; तस्य दाक्षिण्यरूढेन नाम्ना मगधवंशजा पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीत् R.1.31;3.1.
    -दण्डः a cane, ratan.
    -दत् a. (
    -ती f.) having handsome teeth; जगाद भूयः सुदतीं सुनन्दा R.6.37.
    -दन्तः 1 a good tooth.
    -2 an actor; a dancer. (
    -न्ती) the female elephant of the north-west quarter.
    -दर्श a. lovely, gracious looking; सुदर्शः स्थूललक्षयश्च न भ्रश्येत सदा श्रियः Mb.12.56.19 (com. सुदर्शः प्रसन्नवक्त्रः).
    -दर्शन a. (
    -ना or
    -नी f.)
    1 good-looking, beautiful, handsome.
    -2 easily seen. (
    -नः) the discus of Viṣṇu; as in कृष्णो$प्यसु- दर्शनः K.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 of mount Meru.
    -4 a vul- ture. (
    -नी, -नम्) N. of Amarāvatī, Indra's capital. (
    -नम्) N. of Jambudvīpa.
    -दर्शना 1 a handsome wo- man.
    -2 a woman.
    -3 an order, a command.
    -4 a kind of drug.
    -दास् a. very bountiful.
    -दान्तः a Buddhist.
    -दामन् a. one who gives liberally. (-m.)
    1 a cloud.
    -2 a moun- tain.
    -3 the sea.
    -4 N. of Indra's elephant.
    -5 N. of a very poor Brāhmaṇa who came to Dvārakā with only a small quantity of parched rice as a present to his friend Kṛiṣṇa, and was raised by him to wealth and glory.
    -दायः 1 a good or auspicious gift.
    -2 a special gift given on particular solemn occasions.
    -3 one who offers such a gift.
    -दिनम् 1 a happy or auspicious day.
    -2 a fine day or weather (opp दुर्दिनम्); so सुदिनाहम् in the same sense.
    -दिह् a. well-polished, bright.
    -दीर्घ a. very long or extended. (
    -र्घा) a kind of cucumber.
    -दुराधर्ष a.
    1 very hard to get.
    -2 quite intolerable.
    -दुरावर्त a. a very hard to be convinced.
    -दुरासद a. unapproachable.
    -दुर्जर a. very difficult to be digested.
    -दुर्मनस् a. very troubled in mind.
    -दुर्मर्ष a. quite in- tolerable.
    -दुर्लभ a. very scarce or rare.
    -दुश्चर a.
    1 inaccessible.
    -2 very painful.
    -दुश्चिकित्स a. very difficult to be cured.
    -दुष्प्रभः a chameleon.
    -दूर a. very distant or remote. (
    -सुदूरम् means
    1 to a great distance.
    -2 to a very high degree, very much; सुदूरं पीडयेत् कामः शरद्गुणनिरन्तरः Rām.4.3.12.
    -सुदूरात् 'from afar, from a distance').
    -दृढ a. very firm or hard, compact.
    -दृश् a. having beautiful eyes. (-f.) a pretty woman.
    -देशिकः a good guide.
    -धन्वन् a. having an excellent bow. (-m.)
    1 a good archer or bowman.
    -2 Ananta, the great serpent.
    -3 N. of Viśvakarman. ˚आचार्यः a mixed caste; वैश्यात्तु जायते व्रात्यात् सुधन्वाचार्य एव च Ms.1.23.
    -धर्मन् a. attentive to duties. (-f.) the council or assembly of gods. (-m.)
    1 the hall or palace of Indra.
    -2 one diligent in properly maintaining his family.
    -धर्मा, -र्मी 1 the council or assembly of gods (देवसभा); ययावुदीरितालोकः सुधर्मानवमां सभाम् R.17.27.
    -2 (सुधर्मा) N. of Dvārakā; दिवि भुव्यन्तरिक्षे च महोत्पातान् समु- त्थितान् । दृष्ट्वासीनान् सुधर्मायां कृष्णः प्राह यदूनिदम् ॥ Bhāg.11.3. 4;1.14.34.
    -धात a. well cleaned.
    -धार a. well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -धित a. Ved.
    1 perfect, secure.
    -2 kind, good.
    -3 happy, prosperous.
    -4 well-aimed or directed (as a weapon).
    -धी a. having a good understanding, wise, clever, intelligent. (
    -धीः) a wise or intelligent man, learned man or pandit. (-f.) a good under- standing, good sense, intelligence. ˚उपास्यः
    1 a particu- lar kind of royal palace.
    -2 N. of an attendant on Kṛiṣṇa. (
    -स्यम्) the club of Balarāma. ˚उपास्या
    1 a woman.
    -2 N. of Umā, or of one of her female com- panions.
    -3 a sort of pigment.
    -ध्रूम्रवर्णा one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -नन्दम् N. of Balarāma's club; प्रतिजग्राह बलवान् सुनन्देनाहनच्च तम् Bhāg.1.67.18.
    -नन्दः a kind of royal palace.
    -नन्दा 1 N. of a woman.
    -2 N. of Pārvatī; L. D. B.
    -3 yellow pigment; L. D. B.
    -नयः 1 good conduct.
    -2 good policy.
    - नयन a. having beau- tiful eyes. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a woman having beautiful eyes.
    -2 a woman in general.
    -नाभ a.
    1 having a beautiful navel.
    -2 having a good nave or cen- tre.
    (-भः) 1 a mountain.
    -2 the Maināka mountain, q. v. (
    -भम्) a wheel, discus (सुदर्शन); ये संयुगे$चक्षत तार्क्ष्यपुत्रमंसे सुनाभायुधमापतन्तम् Bhāg.3.2.24.
    -नालम् a red water-lily.
    -निःष्ठित a. quite ready.
    -निर्भृत a. very lonely or private. (
    -तम्) ind. very secretly or closely, very narrowly, privately.
    -निरूढ a. well-purged by an injection; Charaka.
    -निरूहणम् a good purgative.
    -निर्णिक्त a. well polished.
    -निश्चलः an epithet of Śiva.
    -निषण्णः (-कः) the herb Marsilea Quadrifolia (Mar. कुऱडू).
    -निहित a. well-established.
    -नीत a.
    1 well-con- ducted, well-behaved.
    -2 polite, civil.
    (-तनि) 1 good conduct or behaviour.
    -2 good policy or prodence.
    -नीतिः f.
    1 good conduct, good manners, propriety.
    -2 good policy.
    -3 N. of the mother of Dhruva, q. v.
    -नीथ a. well-disposed, well conducted, righteous, vir- tuous, good.
    (-थः) 1 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -2 N. of Śiśupāla, q. v.; तस्मिन्नभ्यर्चिते कृष्णे सुनीथः शत्रुकर्षणः Mb.1.39.11.
    -3 Ved. a good leader.
    -नील a. very black or blue. (
    -लः) the pomegranate tree. (
    -ला) common flax.
    (-लम्), -नीलकः a blue gem.
    -नु n. water.
    -नेत्र a. having good or beautiful eyes.
    -पक्व a.
    1 well-cooked.
    -2 thoroughly matured or ripe. (
    -क्वः) a sort of fra- grant mango.
    -पठ a. legible.
    -पत्नी a woman having a good husband.
    -पत्र a.
    1 having beautiful wings.
    -2 well-feathered (an arrow).
    -पथः 1 a good road.
    -2 a good course.
    -3 good conduct.
    -पथिन् m. (nom. sing. सुपन्थाः) a good road.
    -पद्मा orris root.
    -परीक्षित a. well-examined.
    -पर्ण a. (
    -र्णा or
    -र्णी f.)
    1 well-winged; तं भूतनिलयं देवं सुपर्णमुपधावत Bhāg.8.1.11.
    -2 having good or beautiful leaves.
    (-र्णः) 1 a ray of the sun.
    -2 a class of bird-like beings of a semi-divine charac- ter.
    -3 any supernatural bird.
    -4 an epithet of Garuḍa; ततः सुपर्णव्रजपक्षजन्मा नानागतिर्मण्डलयन् जवेन Ki.16.44.
    -5 a cock.
    -6 the knowing (ज्ञानरूप); देहस्त्वचित्पुरुषो$यं सुपर्णः क्रुध्येत कस्मै नहि कर्ममूलम् Bhāg.11.23.55.
    -7 Any bird; द्वा सुपर्णा सयुजा सखाया समानं वृक्षं परिषस्वजाते Muṇd. 3.1.1. ˚केतुः N. of Viṣṇu; तमकुण्ठमुखाः सुपर्णकेतोरिषवः क्षिप्तमिषुव्रजं परेण Śi.2.23.
    -पर्णकः = सुपर्ण.
    -पर्णा, -पर्णी f.
    1 a number of lotuses.
    -2 a pool abounding in lotuses.
    -3 N. of the mother of Garuḍa.
    -पर्यवदात a. very clean.
    -पर्याप्त a.
    1 very spacious; तस्य मध्ये सुपर्याप्तं कारयेद् गृहमात्मनः Ms.7.76.
    -2 well-fitted.
    -पर्वन् a. well- jointed, having many joints or knots. (-m.)
    1 a bam- boo.
    -2 an arrow.
    -3 a god, deity; विहाय या सर्वसुपर्व- नायकम् N.4.9;14.41,76.
    -4 a special lunar day (as the day of full or new moon, and the 8th and 14th day of each fortnight).
    -5 smoke. (-f.) white Dūrvā grass.
    -पलायित a.
    1 completely fled or run away.
    -2 skilfully retreated.
    -पाक्यम् a kind of medicinal salt (Mar. बिडलोण).
    -पात्रम् 1 a good or suitable vessel, worthy receptacle.
    -2 a fit or competent person, any one well-fitted for an office, an able person.
    -पाद् (
    -पाद् or
    -पदी f.) having good or handsome feet.
    -पार्श्वः 1 the waved-leaf fig-tree (प्लक्ष).
    -2 N. of the son of Sampāti, elder brother of Jaṭāyu.
    -पालि a. distinguished.
    -पीतम् 1 a carrot.
    -2 yellow sandal. (
    -तः) the fifth Muhūrta.
    -पुंसी a woman having a good husband.
    -पुरम् a strong fortress.
    -पुष्प a. (
    -ष्पा or
    -ष्पी f.) having beautiful flowers.
    (-ष्पः) 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Śirīṣa tree. (
    -ष्पी) the plantain tree.
    (-ष्पम्) 1 cloves.
    -2 the menstrual excretion.
    -पुष्पित a.
    1 well blossomed, being in full flower.
    -2 having the hair thrilling or bristling.
    -पूर a.
    1 easy to be filled; सुपूरा स्यात् कुनदिका सुपूरो मूषिकाञ्जलिः Pt.1.25.
    -2 well-filling. (
    -रः) a kind of citron (बीजपूर).
    -पूरकः the Baka-puṣpa tree.
    -पेशस् a. beautiful, tender; रत्नानां पद्मरागो$स्मि पद्मकोशः सुपेशसाम् Bhāg.11.16.3. ˚कृत् m. a kind of fly; Bhāg.11.7.34.
    -प्रकाश a.
    1 manifest, apparent; ज्येष्ठे मासि नयेत् सीमां सुप्रकाशेषु सेतुषु Ms.8.245.
    -2 public, notorious.
    -प्रतर्कः a sound judgment.
    -प्रतिभा spirituous liquor.
    -प्रतिष्ठ a.
    1 standing well.
    -2 very celebrated, renowned, glorious, famous.
    (-ष्ठा) 1 good position.
    -2 good reputation, fame, celebrity.
    -3 esta- blishment, erection.
    -4 installation, consecration.
    -प्रतिष्ठित a.
    1 well-established.
    -2 consecrated.
    -3 ce- lebrated. (
    -तः) the Udumbara tree.
    -प्रतिष्णात a.
    1 thoroughly purified.
    -2 well-versed in.
    -3 well-investi- gated, clearly ascertained or determined.
    -प्रतीक a.
    1 having a beautiful shape, lovely, handsome; भगवान् भागवतवात्सल्यतया सुप्रतीकः Bhāg.5.3.2.
    -2 having a beau- tiful trunk.
    (-कः) 1 an epithet of Kāmadeva.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -3 of the elephant of the north-east quarter.
    -4 An honest man; स्तेयोपायैर्विरचितकृतिः सुप्रतीको यथास्ते Bhāg.1.8.31.
    -प्रपाणम् a good tank.
    -प्रभ a. very brilliant, glorious. (
    -भा) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -प्रभातम् 1 an auspicious dawn or day-break; दिष्टथा सुप्रभातमद्य यदयं देवो दृष्टः U.6.
    -2 the earliest dawn.
    -प्रभावः omnipotence.
    -प्रमाण a. large-sized.
    -प्रयुक्तशरः a skilful archer.
    -प्रयोगः 1 good management or ap- plication.
    -2 close contact.
    -3 dexterity.
    -प्रलापः good speech, eloquence.
    -प्रसन्नः N. of Kubera.
    -प्रसाद a. very gracious or propitious. (
    -दः) N. of Śiva.
    -प्रातम् a fine morning.
    -प्रिय a. very much liked, agreeable. (
    -यः) (in prosody) a foot of two short syllables.
    (-या) 1 a charming woman.
    -2 a beloved mistress.
    -प्रौढा a marriageable girl.
    -फल a.
    1 very fruitful, very productive.
    -2 very fertile.
    (-लः) 1 the pomegranate tree.
    -2 the jujube.
    -3 the Karṇikāra tree.
    -4 a kind of bean.
    (-ला) 1 a pumpkin, gourd.
    -2 the plan- tain tree.
    -3 a variety of brown grape.
    -4 colocynth.
    -फेनः a cuttle-fish bone.
    -बन्धः sesamum.
    -बभ्रु a. dark-brown.
    -बल a. very powerful.
    (-लः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of the father of Śakuni.
    -बान्धवः N. of Śiva.
    -बाल a. very childish.
    -बाहु a.
    1 handsome- armed.
    -2 strong-armed. (
    -हुः) N. of a demon, brother of Mārīcha, who had become a demon by the curse of Agastya. He with Mārīcha began to disturb the sacrifice of Viśvāmitra, but was defeated by Rāma. and Lakṣmaṇa; यः सुबाहुरिति राक्षसो$परस्तत्र तत्र विससर्प मायया R.11.29.
    -बीजम् good seed; सुबीजं चैव सुक्षेत्रे जातं संपद्यते तथा Ms.1.69.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy.
    -बोध a.
    1 easily apprehended or understood. (
    -धः) good information or advice.
    -ब्रह्मण्यः 1 an epithet of Kārtikeya.
    -2 N. of one of the sixteen priests employed at a sacrifice.
    -भग a.
    1 very fortu- nate or prosperous, happy, blessed, highly favoured.
    -2 lovely, charming, beautiful, pretty; न तु ग्रीष्मस्यैवं सुभगमपराद्धं युवतिषु Ś.3.9; Ku.4.34; R.11.8; Māl.9.
    -3 pleasant, grateful, agreeable, sweet; दिवसाः सुभगा- दित्याश्छायासलिलदुर्भगाः Rām.3.16.1; श्रवणसुभग M.3.4; Ś.1.3.
    -4 beloved, liked, amiable, dear; सुमुखि सुभगः पश्यन् स त्वामुपैतु कृतार्थताम् Gīt.5.
    -5 illustrious.
    (-गः) 1 borax.
    -2 the Aśoka tree.
    -3 the Champaka tree.
    -4 red amarnath. (
    -गम्) good fortune. ˚मानिन्, सुभगं- मन्य a.
    1 considering oneself fortunate, amiable, pleasing; वाचालं मां न खलु सुभगंमन्यभावः करोति Me.96.
    -2 vain, flattering oneself.
    -भगा 1 a woman beloved by her hus- band, a favourite wife.
    -2 an honoured mother.
    -3 a kind of wild jasmine.
    -4 turmeric.
    -5 the Priyaṅgu creeper.
    -6 the holy basil.
    -7 a woman having her husband alive (सौभाग्यवती); जयशब्दैर्द्विजाग्र्याणां सुभगानर्तितै- स्तथा Mb.7.7.9.
    -8 a five-year old girl representing Durgā at festivals.
    -9 musk. ˚सुत the son of a favou- rite wife.
    -भङ्गः the cocoa-nut tree.
    -भटः a great war- rior, champion, soldier.
    -भट्टः a learned man.
    -भद्र a. very happy or fortunate. (
    -द्रः) N. of Viṣṇu; साकं साकम्पमंसे वसति विदधती बासुभद्रं सुभद्रम् Viṣṇupāda S.31. (
    -द्रा) N. of the sister of Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, married to Arjuna q. v. She bore to him a son named Abhimanyu.
    -भद्रकः 1 a car for carrying the image of a god.
    -2 the Bilva tree.
    -भाषित a.
    1 spoken well or eloquent.
    (-तम्) 1 fine speech, eloquence, learning; जीर्णमङ्गे सुभाषितम् Bh.3.2.
    -2ल a witty saying, an apophthegm, an apposite saying; सुभाषितेन गीतेन युवतीनां च लीलया । मनो न भिद्यते यस्य स वै मुक्तो$थवा पशुः Subhāṣ.
    -3 a good remark; बालादपि सुभाषितम् (ग्राह्यम्).
    -भिक्षम् 1 good alms, successful begging.
    -2 abundance of food, an abundant supply of provisions, plenty of corn &c.
    -भीरकः the Palāśa tree.
    -भीरुकम् silver.
    -भूतिः 1 well-being, wel- fare.
    -2 the Tittira bird; Gīrvāṇa.
    -भूतिकः the Bilva tree.
    -भूषणम् a type of pavilion where a ceremony is performed on a wife's perceiving the first signs of con- ception; सुभूषणाख्यं विप्राणां योग्यं पुंसवनार्थकम् Māna.34.354.
    -भृत a.
    1 well-paid.
    -2 heavily laden.
    -भ्रू a. having beautiful eyebrows. (
    -भ्रूः f.) a lovely woman. (N. B. The vocative singular of this word is strictly सुभ्रूः; but सुभ्रु is used by writers like Bhaṭṭi. Kālidāsa, and Bhavabhūti; हा पितः क्वासि हे सुभ्रु Bk.6.17; so V.3.22; Ku.5.43; Māl.3.8.)
    -मङ्गल a.
    1 very auspicious.
    -2 abounding in sacrifices.
    -मति a. very wise. (
    -तिः f.)
    1 a good mind or disposition, kindness, benevolence, friendship.
    -2 a favour of the gods.
    -3 a gift, blessing.
    -4 a prayer, hymn.
    -5 a wish or desire.
    -6 N. of the wife of Sagara and mother of 6, sons.
    -मदनः the mango tree.
    -मदात्मजा a celestial damsel.
    -मधुरम् a very sweet or gentle speech, agreeable words.
    -मध्य, -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मध्या, -मध्यमा a graceful woman.
    -मन a. very charming, lovely, beautiful.
    (-नः) 1 wheat.
    -2 the thorn-apple. (
    -ना) the great-flowered jasmine.
    -मनस् a.
    1 good-minded, of a good disposition, benevolent; शान्तसंकल्पः सुमना यथा स्याद्वीतमन्युर्गौतमो माभिमृत्यो Kaṭh.1.1.
    -2 well-pleased, satisfied; (hence
    -सुमनीभू = to be at ease; जिते नृपारौ समनीभवन्ति शद्बायमानान्यशनैरशङ्कम् Bk.2.54.). (-m.)
    1 a god, divinity.
    -2 a learned man.
    -3 a student of the Vedas.
    -4 wheat.
    -5 the Nimba tree. (-f., n.; said to be pl. only by some) a flower; मुमुचुर्मुनयो देवाः सुमनांसि मुदान्विताः Bhāg.1.3.7; रमणीय एष वः सुमनसां संनिवेशः Māl.1. (where the adjectival; sense in 1 is also intended); किं सेव्यते सुमनसां मनसापि गन्धः कस्तू- रिकाजननशक्तिभृता मृगेण R.G; Śi.6.66. ˚वर्णकम् flowers, unguent or perfume etc. for the body; सा तदाप्रभृति सुमनो- वर्णकं नेच्छति Avimārakam 2. (-f.)
    1 the great-flowered jasmine.
    -2 the Mālatī creeper. ˚फलः the woodapple. ˚फलम् nutmeg.
    -मनस्क a. cheerful, happy.
    -मन्तु a.
    1 advising well.
    -2 very faulty or blameable. (-m.) a good adviser.
    -मन्त्रः N. of the charioteer of Daśāratha.
    -मन्दभाज् a. very unfortunate.
    -मर्दित a. much harassed.
    -मर्षण a. easy to be borne.
    -मित्रा 1 N. of one of the wives of Daśāratha and mother of Lakṣmaṇa and Śatrughna.
    -मुख a. (
    -खा or
    -खी f.)
    1 having a beautiful face, lovely.
    -2 pleasing.
    -3 disposed to, eager for; सुरसद्मयानसुमुखी जनता Ki.6.42.
    -4 favour- able, kind.
    -5 well-pointed (as an arrow).
    -6 (सुमुखा) having a good entrance.
    (-खः) 1 a learned man.
    -2 an epithet of Garuḍa.
    -3 of Gaṇeśa; सुमुखश्चैकदन्तश्च कपिलो गजकर्णकः Maṅgal. S.1.
    -4 of Śiva.
    (-खम्) 1 the scratch of a finger-nail.
    -2 a kind of building.
    (-खा, -खी) 1 a handsome woman.
    -2 a mirror.
    -मूलकम् a carrot.
    -मृत a. stone-dead.
    -मेखलः the Muñja grass.
    -मेधस a. having a good understanding, wise, intelligent; इमे अङ्गिरसः सत्रमासते$द्य सुमेधसः Bhāg.9.4.3. (-m.) a wise man. (-f.) heart-pea.
    -मेरुः 1 the sac- red mountain Meru, q. v.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -यन्त्रित a.
    1 well-governed.
    -2 self-controlled.
    -यमाः a parti- cular class of gods; जातो रुचेरजनयत् सुयमान् सुयज्ञ आकूति- सूनुरमरानथ दक्षिणायाम् Bhāg.2.7.2.
    -यवसम् beautiful grass, good pasturage.
    -यामुनः 1 a palace.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -युक्तः N. of Śiva.
    -योगः 1 a favourable junc- ture.
    -2 good opportunity.
    -योधनः an epithet of Duryodhana q. v.
    -रक्त a.
    1 well coloured.
    -2 im- passioned.
    -3 very lovely.
    -4 sweet-voiced; सुरक्तगोपी- जनगीतनिःस्वने Ki.4.33.
    -रक्तकः 1 a kind of red chalk.
    -2 a kind of mango tree.
    -रङ्गः 1 good colour.
    -2 the orange.
    -3 a hole cut in a house (सुरङ्गा also in this sense).
    (-ङ्गम्) 1 red sanders.
    -2 vermilion. ˚धातुः red chalk. ˚युज् m. a house-breaker.
    -रङ्गिका the Mūrvā plant.
    -रजःफलः the jack-fruit tree.
    -रञ्जनः the betel nut tree.
    -रत a.
    1 much sported.
    -2 playful.
    -3 much enjoyed.
    -4 compassionate, tender.
    (-तम्) 1 great delight or enjoyment.
    -2 copulation, sexual union or intercourse, coition; सुरतमृदिता बालवनिता Bh.2. 44. ˚गुरुः the husband; पर्यच्छे सरसि हृतें$शुके पयोभिर्लोलाक्षे सुरतगुरावपत्रपिष्णोः Śi.8.46. ˚ताण्डवम् vigorous sexual movements; अद्यापि तां सुरतताण्डवसूत्रधारीं (स्मरामि) Bil. Ch. Uttara.28. ˚ताली
    1 a female messenger, a go-between.
    -2 a chaplet, garland for the head. ˚प्रसंगः addiction to amorous pleasures; कालक्रमेणाथ योः प्रवृत्ते स्वरूपयोग्ये सुरत- प्रसंगे Ku.1.19.
    -रतिः f. great enjoyment or satis- faction.
    -रस a. well-flavoured, juicy, savoury.
    -2 sweet.
    -3 elegant (as a composition). (
    -सः, -सा) the plant सिन्धुवार. (
    -सा) N. of Durgā. (
    -सा, -सम्) the sacred basil.
    (-सम्) 1 gum-myrrh.
    -2 fragrant grass.
    -राजन् a. governed by a good king; सुराज्ञि देशे राजन्वान् Ak. (-m.)
    1 a good king.
    -2 a divinity.
    -राजिका a small house-lizard.
    -राष्ट्रम् N. of a country on the western side of India (Surat). ˚जम् a kind of poison.
    -2 a sort of black bean (Mar. तूर). ˚ब्रह्मः a Brāhmaṇa of Surāṣṭra.
    -रूप a.
    1 well-formed, handsome, love- ly; सुरूपा कन्या.
    -2 wise, learned. (
    -पः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -रूहकः a horse resembling an ass.
    -रेतस् n. mental power (चिच्छक्ति); सुरेतसादः पुनराविश्य चष्टे Bhāg. 5.7.14.
    -रेभ a. fine-voiced; स्यन्दना नो चतुरगाः सुपेभा वाविपत्तयः । स्यन्दना नो च तुरगाः सुरेभा वा विपत्तयः ॥ Ki.15.16. (
    -भम्) tin.
    -लक्षण a.
    1 having auspicious or beautiful marks.
    -2 fortunate.
    (-णम्) 1 observing, examining carefully, determining, ascertaining.
    -2 a good or auspicious mark.
    -लक्षित a. well determined or ascertained; तुलामानं प्रतीमानं सर्वं च स्यात् सुलक्षितम् Ms.8.43.
    -लग्नः, -ग्नम् an auspicious moment.
    -लभ a.
    1 easy to be obtained, easy of attainment, attainable, feasible; न सुलभा सकलेन्दुमुखी च सा V.2.9; इदमसुलभवस्तुप्रार्थनादुर्नि- वारम् 2.6.
    -2 ready for, adapted to, fit, suitable; निष्ठ्यूतश्चरणोपभोगसुलभो लाक्षारसः केनचित् Ś.4.4.
    -3 natural to, proper for; मानुषतासुलभो लघिमा K. ˚कोप a. easily provoked, irascible.
    -लिखित a. well registered.
    -लुलित a.
    1 moving playfully.
    -2 greatly hurt, injured.
    -लोचन a. fine-eyed. (
    -नः) a deer.
    (-ना) 1 a beauti- ful woman.
    -2 N. of the wife of Indrajit.
    -लोहकम् brass.
    -लोहित a. very red. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -वक्त्रम् 1 a good face or mouth.
    -2 correct utterance. (
    -क्त्रः) N. of Śiva.
    -वचनम्, -वचस् n. eloquence. -a. eloquent.
    -वयस् f. a hermaphrodite.
    -वर्चकः, -वर्चिकः, -का, -वर्चिन् m. natron, alkali.
    -वर्चला 1 N. of the wife of the sun; तं चाहमनुवर्तिष्ये यथा सूर्यं सुवर्चला Rām.2.3.3.
    -2 linseed.
    -वर्चसः N. of Śiva.
    -वर्चस्क a. splendid, brilliant.
    -वर्ण see s. v.
    -वर्तित 1 well rounded.
    -2 well arranged.
    -वर्तुलः a water-melon.
    -वसन्तः 1 an agreeable vernal season.
    -2 the day of full moon in the month of Chaitra, or a festival celebrated in honour of Kāmadeva in that month (also सुवसन्तकः in this sense).
    -वह a.
    1 bearing well, patient.
    -2 patient, enduring.
    -3 easy to be borne-
    (-हा) 1 a lute.
    -2 N. of several plants like रास्ना, निर्गुण्डी &c.; Mātaṅga L.1.1.
    -वासः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 a pleasant dwelling.
    -3 an agreeable perfume or odo- ur.
    -वासकः a water-melon.
    -वासरा cress.
    -वासिनी 1 a woman married or single who resides in her father's house.
    -2 a married woman whose husband is alive.
    -विक्रान्त a. very valiant or bold, chivalrous; सुविक्रान्तस्य नृपतेः सर्वमेव महीतलम् Śiva. B.16.45. (
    -न्तः) a hero. (
    -न्तम्) heroism.
    -विग्रह a. having a beautiful figure.
    -विचक्षण a. very clever, wise.
    -विद् m. a learned man, shrewd person. (-f.) a shrewd or clever woman.
    -विदः 1 an attendant on the women's apartments.
    -2 a king.
    -विदग्ध a. very cunning, astute.
    -विदत् m. a king
    -विदत्रम् 1 a household, family.
    -2 wealth.
    -3 grace, favour.
    -विदल्लः an attendant on the women's apart- ments (wrongly for सौविदल्ल q. v.). (
    -ल्लम्) the wo- men's apartments, harem.
    -विदल्ला a married woman.
    -विध a. of a good kind.
    -विधम् ind. easily.
    -विधिः a good rule, ordinance.
    -विनीत a.
    1 well trained, modest.
    -2 well executed. (
    -ता) a tractable cow.
    -विनेय a. easy to be trained or educated.
    -विभक्त a. well pro- portioned, symmetrical.
    -विरूढ a.
    1 fully grown up or developed.
    -2 well ridden.
    -विविक्त a.
    1 solitary (as a wood).
    -2 well decided (as a question).
    -विहित a.
    1 well-placed, well-deposited.
    -2 well-furnished, well- supplied, well-provided, well-arranged; सुविहितप्रयोगतया आर्यस्य न किमपि परिहास्यते Ś.1; कलहंसमकरन्दप्रेवशावसरे तत् सुविहितम् Māl.1.
    -3 well done or performed.
    -4 well satisfied (by hospitality); अन्नपानैः सुविहितास्तस्मिन् यज्ञे महात्मनः Rām.1.14.16.
    -वी(बी)ज a. having good seed.
    (-जः) 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 the poppy. (
    -जम्) good seed.
    -वीरकम् 1 a kind of collyrium.
    -2 sour gruel (काञ्जिक); सुवीरकं याच्यमाना मद्रिका कर्षति स्फिचौ Mb.8.4.38.
    -वीराम्लम् sour rice-gruel.
    -वीर्य a.
    1 having great vigour.
    -2 of heroic strength, heroic, chivalrous.
    (-र्यम्) 1 great heroism
    -2 abundance of heroes.
    -3 the fruit of the jujube. (
    -र्या) wild cotton.
    -वृक्तिः f.
    1 a pure offering.
    -2 a hymn of praise.
    -वृत्त a.
    1 well-behaved, virtuous, good; मयि तस्य सुवृत्त वर्तते लघुसंदेशपदा सरस्वती R. 8.77.
    -2 well-rounded, beautifully globular or round; मृदुनातिसुवृत्तेन सुमृष्टेनातिहारिणा । मोदकेनापि किं तेन निष्पत्तिर्यस्य सेवया ॥ or सुमुखो$पि सुवृत्तो$पि सन्मार्गपतितो$पि च । महतां पादलग्नो$पि व्यथयत्येव कष्टकः ॥ (where all the adjectives are used in a double sense). (
    -त्तम्) a good or virtuous conduct; भर्तुश्चिन्तानुवर्तित्वं सुवृत्तं चानुजीविनाम् Pt.1.69. (
    -त्ता) a sort of grape.
    -वेल a.
    1 tranquil, still.
    -2 humble, quiet. (
    -लः) N. of the Trikūṭa mountain.
    -व्रत a. strict in the observance of religious vows, strictly virtuous or religious. (
    -तः) a religious student.
    (-ता) 1 a virtuous wife.
    -2 a tractable cow, one easily milked.
    -शंस a. well spoken of, famous, glorious, commendable.
    -शक a. capable of being easily done.
    -शर्मन् (m., f.) a person desiring intercourse (Uṇ.4. 165].
    -शल्यः the Khadira tree.
    -शाकम् undried ginger.
    -शारदः N. of Śiva.
    -शासित a. kept under control, well-controlled.
    -शिक्षित a. well-taught, trained, well- disciplined.
    -शिखः fire.
    (-खा) 1 a peacock's crest.
    -2 a cock's comb.
    -शीतम् yellow sandal-wood.
    -शीम a. cold, frigid. (
    -मः) coldness
    -शील a. good-tempered, amiable.
    (-ला) 1 N. of the wife of Yama.
    -2 N. of one of the eight favourite wives of Kriṣṇa.
    -शेव a. full of happiness; pleasant to be resorted; एष पन्था उरुगायः मुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13.11.
    -शोण a. dark-red.
    -श्रीका the gum olibanum tree.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well heard.
    -2 versed in the Vedas.
    -3 gladly heard (also an ex- clamation at a श्राद्ध); पित्रे स्वदितमित्येव वाच्यं गोष्ठे तु सुश्रुतम् Ms.3.254. (
    -तः) N. of the author of a system of medicine, whose work, together with that of Charaka, is regardad as the oldest medical authority, and held in great esteem in India even to this day.
    -श्लिष्ट a.
    1 well-arranged or united.
    -2 well-fitted; Māl.1.
    -श्लेषः close union or embrace.
    -श्लोक्य a. very famous; तेजीयसामपि ह्येतन्न सुश्लोक्यं जगद्गुरो Bhāg.3.12.31.
    -संवीत a.
    1 well-girt; स ददर्श ततः श्रीमान् सुग्रीवं हेमपिङ्गलम् । सुसंवीतम्... Rām.4.16.15.
    -2 well dressed.
    -संवृतिः good concealment. a. well-concealed; परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi.16.23.
    -संस्कृत a.
    1 well cooked or prepared.
    -2 kept in good order; सुसंस्कृतोपस्करया व्यये चामुक्तहस्तया Ms.5.15.
    -संगृहीत a.
    1 well controlled or governed; सुसंगृहीतराष्ट्रो हि पार्थिवः सुखमेधते Ms.7.113.
    -2 well received.
    -3 well kept.
    -4 well abridged.
    -संध a. true to a promise.
    -संनत a. well-directed (as an arrow).
    -सत्या N. of the wife of Janaka.
    -सदृश् a. agreeable to look at.
    -समाहित a.
    1 well arranged, beautifully adorned; very beautiful; ऋतुकालं प्रतीक्षन्ते नार्थिनः सुसमाहिते । संगमं त्वहमिच्छामि त्वया सह सुमध्यमे ॥ Rām.1.48.18.
    -2 completely loaded; तद्यथानः सुसमा- हितमुत्सर्जद्यायात् Bṛi. Up.4.3.35.
    -3 Very intent, attentive.
    -समीहित a. much desired.
    - सरण N. of Śiva.
    -सह a.
    1 easy to be borne.
    -2 bearing or enduring well. (
    -हः) an epithet of Śiva.
    -सहाय a. having a good companion; प्रणेतुं शक्यते दण्डः सुसहायेन धीमता Ms.7.31.
    -साधित a. well trained or educated.
    -सार a. having good sap or essence.
    (-रः) 1 good sap, essence, or substance.
    -2 competence.
    -3 the red-flowering Kha- dira tree.
    -सारवत् n. crystal.
    -सिकता 1 good sand.
    -2 gravel.
    -3 sugar.
    -सुरप्रिया jasmine.
    -सेव्य a. to be well or easily followed (as a road).
    -सौभगम् con- jugal felicity.
    -स्थ a.
    1 well-suited, being in a good sense.
    -2 in health, healthy, faring well.
    -3 in good or prosperous circumstances, prosperous.
    -4 happy, fortunate. (
    -स्थम्) a happy state, well-being; प्रह्लाद सुस्थरूपोसि पश्यन् व्यसनमात्मनः Mb.12.222.12; सुस्थे को वा न पण्डितः H.3.114.
    -स्थित a. in the same sense as सुस्थ. (
    -तम्) a house with a gallery on all sides.
    -स्थितिः (also सुस्थता) f.
    1 good condition, well-being, welfare, happiness.
    -2 health, convalescence.
    -स्थिर a.
    1 stable.
    -2 resolute, cool.
    -स्नातः 1 one who bathes at the end of a sacrifice; L. D. B.
    -2 well purified by bathing.
    -स्मित a. pleasantly smiling. (
    -ता) a woman with a pleased or smiling countenance.
    -स्वपनः an epithet of Śiva.
    -स्वर a.
    1 melodious, harmonious.
    -2 loud. ˚यन्त्रकम् a kind of musical instrument; युता सुस्वरयन्त्रकैः Śukra.1.247.
    -हित a.
    1 very fit or suitable, appro- priate.
    -2 beneficial, salutary.
    -3 friendly, affection- ate.
    -4 satisfied; सहस्रनेत्रः सुहितत्वमाप न Rām. ch.2.64. (
    -ता) one of the seven tongues of fire.
    -हृद् a. having a kind heart, cordial, friendly, loving, affectionate; सुहृदः सुहृदो$न्यांश्च दुर्हृदश्चापि दुर्हृदः । सम्यक्प्रवृत्तान् पुरुषान्नसम्यगनुपश्यतः ॥ Mb.3.28.36. (-m.)
    1 a friend; सुहृदः पश्य वसन्त किं स्थितम् Ku.4.27; मन्दायन्ते न खलु सुहृदामभ्युपेतार्थकृत्याः Me.4.
    -2 an ally. ˚भेदः
    1 the separation of friends.
    -2 N. of the 2nd book of the हितोपदेश; मित्रलाभः सुहृद्भेदो विग्रहः संधिरेव च । पञ्चतन्त्रात्तथान्यस्माद् ग्रन्थादाकृष्य लिख्यते ॥ H. Pr.9. ˚वाक्यम् the counsel of a friend.
    -हृदः a friend.
    -हृदय a.
    1 good-hearted.
    -2 dear, affectionate, loving.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > सु _su

  • 6 двигатель



    - (газотурбинный, поршневой, тепловой) — engine
    - (гидравлический, пневматический, электрический) — motor
    -, авиационный — aircraft engine
    двигатель, используемый или предназначенный к использованию в авиации для перемещения и (или) поддержания ла, на котором он установлен, в воздухе (рис. 46). — an engine that is used or intended to be used in propelting or lifting aircraft.
    - аналогичной конструкции — engine of identical design and сonstruction
    - без наддува (ид) — unsupercharged engine
    -, безредукторный — direct-drive engine
    -, безредукторный винто-вентиляторный (незакопоченный) — unducted fan engine (udf)
    винтовентиляторы вращаются непосредственно силовой (свободной) турбиной с противоположным вращением рабочих колес. — fans are driven directly by a counter-rotating turbine, eliminating complexity of a reduction gearbox.
    -, бензиновый — gasoline engine
    -, боковой (рис. 13) — side engine
    - в подвесной мотогондоле — pod engine
    -, вентиляторный, с противоположным вращением вентиляторов — contrafan engine
    - вертикальной наводки, приводной (стрелкового вооружения) — (gun) elevation drive motor
    -, винто-вентиляторный (тввд) — prop-fan engine
    -, включенный (работающий) — operating/running/engine
    -, внешний (по отношению к фюзеляжу) (рис. 44) — outboard engine
    - внутреннего сгорания — internal-combustion engine
    -, внутренний (по отношению к наружному двигателю) (рис. 44) — inboard engine
    - воздушного охлаждения (пд) — air-cooled engine
    двигатель, у которого отвод тепла от цилиндров производится воздухом, непосредственно обдувающим их. — an engine whose running temperature is controlled by means of air cooled cylinders.
    -, вспомогательный (всу) — auxiliary power unit (apu)
    -, выключенный — shutdown engine
    -, выключенный (неработающий) — inoperative engine
    -, высокооборотный — high-speed engine
    -, высотный — high-altitude engine
    -, газотурбинный (гтд) — turbine engine
    -, газотурбинный (вертолетныи) — helicopter turboshaft engine
    -,газотурбинный-энергоузел (стартер-энергоузел) — turbine-starter - auxiliary power unit, starter - apu
    - (-) генератор — motor-generator
    устройство для преобразования одного вида эл. энергии в другую (напр., переменный ток в постоянный). — а motor-generator combination for converting one kind of electric power to another (e.g. ас to dc)
    - горизонтальной наводки, приводной (стрелкового вооружения) — (gun) azimuth drive motor
    - двухвальной схемы (турбовальный) — two-shaft turbine engine
    -, двухвальный турбовинтовой — two-shaft turboprop engine
    -, двухвальный турбореактивный — two-shaft /-rotor, -spool/turbojet engine
    -, двухкаскадный — two-rotor /-shaft, -spool/ engine, twin-spool engine
    двухвальный турбореактивный двигатель называется также двухроторным или двухкаскадным двигателем. — а two-rotor engine is a twoshaft or two-spool engine with lp and hp compressors and hp and lp turbines.
    -, двухкаскадный, двухконтурный, (турбореактивный) — two-rotor /twin-spool/ by-pass turbo-jet engine
    -, двухкаскадный, турбовальный, газотурбинный, со свободной турбиной — two-rotor /twin-spool/ turboshaft engine with free-power turbine
    -, двухкаскадный, турбовентиляторвый с устройством отклонения направления тяги — two-rotor /twin-spool/ turbofan engine with thrust deflector system
    -, двухконтурный — by-pass /bypass/ engine
    гтд, в котором, помимо основного внутреннего (первого) контура, имеется наружный (второй) контур, представляющий собой канал кольцевого сечения, оканчивающийся у реактивного сопла. — in а by-pass engine, a part of the air leaving the lp cornpressor is dueted through the by-pass duct around the engine main duct to the exhaust unit to be exhausted to the atmosphere.
    -, двухконтурный с дожиганиem во втором контуре — duct-burning by-pass engine
    -, двухконтурный со смешиванием потоков наружного и и внутренного контуров — by-pass exhaust mixing engine
    -, двухроторный — two-rotor engine
    - двухрядная звезда (пд) — double-row radial engine
    двигатель, у которого цнлиндры расположены двумя рядами радиально относительнo одного oбщего коленчатоro вала. — an engine having two rows of cylinders arranged radially around а common crankshaft. the corresponding front and rear cylinders may or may not be in line.
    -, двухтактный (пд) — two-cycle engine
    -, дозвуковой — subsonic engine
    -, доработанный по модификации (1705) — engine incorporating mod. (1705), post-mod. (1705) engine
    -, звездообразный — radial engine
    поршневой двигатель с радиальным расположением цилиндров, оси которых лежат в одной, двух или нескольких плоскостях, перпендикулярных к оси коленчатого вала — an engine having stationary cylinders arranged radially around а commom crankshaft.
    -, звездообразный двухрядный — double-row radial engine
    -, звездообразный однорядный — single-row radial engine
    -, исполнительный (эл.) — (electric) actuator, servo motor
    -, исполнительный, канала курса (крена или тангажа) (гироплатформы) — azimuth (roll or pitch) servornotor
    -, карбюраторный (пд) — carburetor engine
    -, коррекционный (гироскопического прибора) — erection torque motor
    -, критический — critical engine
    двигатель, отказ которого вызывает наиболее неблагоприятные изменения в поведении самолета, управляемости и избытке тяги. — "critical engineп means the engine whose failure would most adversely affect the performance or handling qualities of an aircraft.
    -, крыльевой (установленный на крыле) — wing engine
    - левого вращения — engine of lh rotation
    -, маломощный — low-powered engine
    -, многорядный (пд) — multirow engine
    -, многорядный звездообразный — multirow radial engine
    -, модифицированный — modified engine
    - модульной конструкции — module-construction engine

    lp compressor - module i, hp compressor - module 2, etc.
    -, мощный — high-powered engine
    -, недоработанный no модификацин (1705) — engine not incorporating mod. (1705), pre-mod. (1705) engine
    -, незакапоченный — uncowled engine
    - непосредственного впрыска (пд) — fuel injection engine
    -, неработающий — inoperative engine
    -, одновальный (гтд) — single-shaft /single-rotor/ turbine engine
    -, одновальный двухконтурный — single-shaft /single-rotor/ bypass engine
    -, одновальный турбовентиляторный — single-shaft /single-rotor/ turbofan engine
    -, одновальный турбовинтовой — single-shaft turboprop engine
    -, одновальный турбореактивный — single-shaft /single-rotor/turbojet engine
    -, однорядный (пд) — single-row engine
    -, опытный — prototype engine
    двигатель определенного тиna, еще не прошедший типовые государственные испытания. — the tirst engine of a type and arrangement not approved previously, to be submitted for type approval test.
    -, основной — main engine
    -, оставшийся (продолжающий работать) — remaining engine
    -, отказавший — inoperative/failed/ engine
    - отработки (эл., исполнительный) — servomotor
    - отработки следящей системы — servo loop drive motor
    - подтяга (патронной ленты) — ammunition booster torque motor
    -, поперечный коррекционный (авиагоризонта) — roll erection torque motor
    -, поршневой (пд) — reciprocating engine
    - правого вращения — engine of rh rotation
    -, продольный коррекционный (авиагоризонта) — pitch erection torque motor
    -, прямоточный — ramjet engine
    двигатель без механического компрессора, в котором сжатие воздуха обеспечивается поступательным движением самого двигателя. — а jet engine with no meehanical compressor, and using the air for combustion compressed by forward motion of the engine.
    - работающий — operating engine
    -, работающий с перебоями — rough engine
    двигатель, работающий с неисправной системой зажигания или подачи топлива (рабочей смеси) — an engine that is running or firing unevenly, usually due to а faulty condition in either the fuel or ignition systems.
    - рамы крена (гироплатформы — roll-gimbal servomotor
    - рамы курса (гироплатформы — azimuth-gimbal servomotor
    - рамы тангажа (гироплатформы) — pitch-gimbal servomotor
    -, реактивный — jet-engine
    двигатель, в котором энергия топлива преобразуется в кинетическую энергию газовой струи, вытекающей из двигателя, a получающаяся за счет этого сила реакции нenоcредственно используется как сила тяги для перемещения летательного аппарата. — an aircraft engine that derives all or most of its thrust by reaction to its ejection of combustion products (or heated air) in a jet and that obtains oxygen from the atmosphere for the combustion of its fuel.
    -, реактивный, пульсирующий — pulse jet (engine)
    применяется для непосредственного вращения несущеro винта вертолета. — pulse jets are designed for helicopter rotor propulsion.
    -, ремонтный — overhauled engine
    серийный двигатель, отремонтированный или восстановленный до состояния, удовлетворяющего требованиям серийного стандарта, и пригодный для дальнейшей эксплуатации в течение установленного межремонтного ресурса. — an engine which has been repaired or reconditioned to а standard rendering it eligible for the complete overhaul life agreed by the national authority.
    - с внешним смесеобразованием (пд) — carburetor engine
    двигатель внутреннего сгорания, у которого горючая смесь образуется вне рабочего цилиндра. — an engine in which the fuel/air mixture is formed in the carburetor.
    - с внутренним смесеобразованием — fuel-injection engine
    двигатель, у которого горючая смесь образуется внутри рабочего цилиндра. — an engine in which fuel is directly injected into the cylinders.
    - с водяным охлаждением (пд) — water-cooled engine
    - с высокой степенью сжатия — high-compression engine
    - с нагнетателем (пд) — supercharged engine
    - с наддувом (пд) с осевым компрессором (пд) — supercharged engine axial-flom turbine engine
    - с передним расположением вентилятора — front fan turbine engine
    - с противоточной камерой сгорания (гтд) — reverse-flow turbine engine
    - с редуктором — engine with reduction gear
    - с форсажной камерой (гтд). двигатель с дополнительным сжиганием топлива в специальной камере за турбиной — engine with afterburner, afterburning engine, reheat(ed) engine, engine with thrust augmentor
    - с форсированной (взлетной) мощностью — engine with augmented (takeoff) power rating
    - с центробежным компрессором (гтд) — radial-flow turbine engine
    -, серийный — series engine
    двигатель, изготовляемый в серийном производстве и соответствующий опытному двигателю, принятому при государственных испытаниях для серийного производства. — an engine essentially identiin design, in materials, and in methods of construction, with one which has been approved previously.
    - со свободной турбиной — free-luroine engine
    двигатель с двумя турбинами, валы которых кинематически не связаны. одна из турбин обычно служит для привода компрессора, а другая используется для передачи полезной работы потребителю, например, воздушному (или несущему) винту. — the engine with two turbines whose shafts are not mechanically coupled. one turbine drives the compressor, and the other free turbine drives the propeller or rotor.
    - следящей системы по внутреннему крену (гироплатформы) — inner roll gimbal servomotor
    - следящей системы по наружному крену (гироплатформы) — outer roll gimbal servomotor
    - следящей системы по курсу (гироплатформы) — azimuth gimbal servomotor
    - следящей системы по тангажу (гироплатформы) — pitch gimbal servomotor
    -, собственно — engine itself
    -, средний (рис. 44) — center engine
    - стабилизации гироплатформы — stable platform-stabilization servomotor/servo/
    -, стартовый (работающий при взлете) — booster
    -, стартовый твердотопливный — solid propellant booster
    -, трехкаскадный, турбореактивный, с передним вентилятором — three-rotor /triple-spool, triple shaft/ front fan turbo-jet engine
    -, турбовентиляторный — turbofan engine
    двухконтурный турбореактивный двигатель, в котором часть воздуха выбрасывается за первыми ступенями компрессора низкого давления, а остальная часть воздуха за кнд поступает в основной контур с камерами сгорания. — in the turbofan engine a part of the air bypassed and exhausted to atmosphere after the first (two) stages of lp compressor. about half of the thrust is produced by the fan exhaust.
    -, турбовентиляторный (с дожиганием в вентиляторном контуре) — duct-burning turbofan engine
    -, турбовинтовентиляторный — (turbo) propfan engine, unducted fan engine (ufe)
    -, турбовинтовой (твд) — turboprop engine
    газотурбинный двигатель, в котором тепло превращается в кинетическую энергию реактивной струи и в механическую работу на валу двигателя, которая используется для вращения воздушного винта. — а turboprop engine is a turbine engine driving the propeller and developing an additional propulsive thrust by reaction to ejection of combustion products.
    -, "турбовинтовой" (вертолетный, с отбором мощности на вал) — turboshaft engine
    -, турбовинтовой, с толкающим винтом — pusher-turboprop engine
    -, турбопрямоточный — turbo/ram jet engine
    комбинация из турбореактивного (до м-з) и прямоточного (для больших чисел м). — combines а turbo-jet engine (for speeds up to mach 3) and ram jet engine for higher mach numbers.
    -,турбо-ракетный — turbo-rocket engine
    аналог турбопрямоточному двигателю с автономным кислородным питанием, — а turbo/ram jet engine with its own oxygen to provide combustion.
    -, турбореактивный — turbojet engine
    газотурбинный двигатель (с приводом компрессора от турбин), в котором тепло превращается только в кинетическую энергию реактивной струи. — a jet engine incorporating a turbine-driven air compressor to take in and compress the air for the combustion of fuel, the gases of combustion being used both to rotate the turbine and to create a thrust-producing jet.
    -, установленный в мотогондоле — nacelle-mounted engine
    -, установленный в подвесной мотогондоле — pod engine
    -, четырехтактный (поршневой — four-cycle engine
    за два оборота коленчатого вала происходит четыре хода поршня в каждом цилиндре, по одному такту на ход. такт 1 - впуск всасывание рабочей смеси в цилиндр), такт 2 - матке рабочей смеси, такт 3 - рабочий ход (зажигание смеси), такт 4 - выхлоп (выпуск отработанных газов из цилиндра в атмосферу) — a common type of engine which requires two revolutions of the crankshaft (four strokes of the piston) to complete the four events of (1) admission of or forcing the charged mixture of combustible gas into the cylinder, (2) compression of the charge, (3) ignition and burning of the charge, which develops pressure (power) acting on the piston and (4) exhaust or expulsion of the charge from the cylinder.
    -, шаговой (эл.) — step-servo motor
    -, электрический — electric motor
    устройство, преобразующее электрическую энергию во вращательное механическое движение. — device which converts electrical energy into rotating mechanical energy.
    - (-) энергоузел, газотурбинный (ггдэ) — turbine starter /auxiliary power unit, starter/ apu
    для запуска основн. двигателей, хол. прокрутки (стартерный режим) и привода агрегатов самолета при неработающих двигателях (режим энергоузла), имеет свой электростартер.
    в зоне д. — in the region of the engine
    выбег д. — engine run-down
    гонка д. — engine run
    данные д. — engine data
    заливка д. (пд перед запуском) — engine priming
    замена д. — engine replacement /change/
    запуск д. — engine start
    испытание д. — engine test
    мощность д. — engine power
    на входе в д. — at /in/ inlet to the engine
    обороты д. — engine speed /rpm, rpm/
    опробование д. — engine ground test
    опробование д. в полете — in-flight engine test
    опробование д. на земле — engine ground test
    останов д. (выключение) — engine shutdown
    остановка д. (отказ) — engine failure
    остановка д. (выбег) — run down
    остановка д. вслествие недостатка масла (топлива) — engine failure due to oil (fuel) starvation
    отказ д. — engine failure
    перебои в работе д. — rough engine operation
    подогрев д. — engine heating
    проба д. (на земле) — engine ground test
    прогрев д. — engine warm-up
    прокрутка д. (холодная) — engine cranking /motoring/
    работа д. — engine operation
    разгон д. — engine acceleration
    стоянка д. (период, в течение которого двигатель не работает) — engine shutdown. one hundred starts must be made of which 25 starts must be preceded by at least a two-hour engine shutdown.
    тряска д. — engine vibration
    тяга д. — engine thrust
    установка д. — engine installation
    шум д. — engine noise
    вывешивать д. с помощью лебедки — support weight of the engine by a hoist
    выводить д. на требуемые обороты % — accelerate the engine to a required speed of %
    выключать д. — shut down the engine
    глушить д. — shut down the engine
    гонять д. — run the engine
    заливать д. (пд) — prim the engine
    заменять д. — replace the engine
    запускать д. — start the engine
    запускать д. в воздухе — (re)start the engine
    испытывать д. — test the engine
    опробовать д. на земле — ground test the engine
    останавливать д. — shut down the engine
    подвешивать д. — mount the engine
    поднимать д. подъемником — hoist the engine
    подогревать д. — heat the engine
    проворачивать д. на... оборотов — turn the engine... revolutions
    прогревать д. (на оборотах...%) — warm up the engine (at a speed of... %)
    продопжать полет на (двух) д. — continue flight on (two) engines
    разгоняться на одном д. — accelerate with one engine operating
    разгоняться при неработающем критическом д. — accelerate with the critical епgine inoperative
    сбавлять (убирать) обороты (работающего) д. — decelerate the engine
    увеличивать обороты (работающего) д. — accelerate the engine
    устанавливать д. — install the engine

    Русско-английский сборник авиационно-технических терминов > двигатель

  • 7 observar

    v.
    1 to observe, to watch.
    observaban todos sus movimientos mediante unos prismáticos they observed o followed all his movements through binoculars
    Ella observó las pistas She observed the clues.
    Ella observa a Ricardo She observes Richard.
    2 to notice, to observe.
    no se observan anomalías no problems have been noted
    3 to observe, to respect (acatar) (ley, normas).
    4 to remark, to observe.
    “eso no es totalmente cierto”, observó “that's not entirely true”, he remarked o pointed out
    5 to heed, to fulfill, to fulfil, to obey.
    Ella observa el reglamento She heeds the rules.
    * * *
    1 (mirar) to observe, watch
    2 (notar) to notice
    3 (mostrar) to display, show
    4 (cumplir) to observe, obey
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    VT
    1) (=mirar) to observe, watch; (Astron) to observe
    2) (=notar) to see, notice

    se observa una mejoría — you can see o detect an improvement

    observar que — to observe that, notice that

    3) LAm

    observar algo a algn — to point sth out to sb, draw sb's attention to sth

    4) [+ leyes] to observe; [+ reglas] to abide by, adhere to

    observar buena conducta — Perú to behave o.s.

    5) (=mostrar) to show, give signs of
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (mirar, examinar) to observe
    b) ( notar) to observe (frml)

    como pueden observar... — as you can see..., o as you will observe...

    ¿has observado algún cambio? — have you observed o noticed any changes?

    c) ( comentar) to remark, observe (frml)
    2) <leyes/preceptos> to observe, abide by; < protocolo> to observe
    * * *
    = notice, see, watch, spy, behold, observe, eye, remark, look down over, look down on/upon.
    Ex. Notice that records 2 and 4 do not appear on the directory.
    Ex. Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.
    Ex. Watch what occurs as the letters 'New' and a space are typed.
    Ex. She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.
    Ex. As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex. This is a very common failing of librarians and can be observed daily: they appear unable to recognise when enough is enough.
    Ex. The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    Ex. When Ed Blume was asked at a meeting about LC's failure to have established a heading for rock music for so long, he remarked: 'Today's horse may be tomorrow's carrion'.
    Ex. There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.
    Ex. The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.
    ----
    * aficionado a observar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * observar atentamente y durante cierto tiempo = maintain + vigil.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * observar las estrellas = stargaze.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) (mirar, examinar) to observe
    b) ( notar) to observe (frml)

    como pueden observar... — as you can see..., o as you will observe...

    ¿has observado algún cambio? — have you observed o noticed any changes?

    c) ( comentar) to remark, observe (frml)
    2) <leyes/preceptos> to observe, abide by; < protocolo> to observe
    * * *
    = notice, see, watch, spy, behold, observe, eye, remark, look down over, look down on/upon.

    Ex: Notice that records 2 and 4 do not appear on the directory.

    Ex: Where the conference cannot be seen to have a name, then the work will normally be treated as a collection.
    Ex: Watch what occurs as the letters 'New' and a space are typed.
    Ex: She spied Asadorian in earnest converse with McSpadden.
    Ex: As Confucius said ' behold the turtle, he makes progress only when his neck is out'.
    Ex: This is a very common failing of librarians and can be observed daily: they appear unable to recognise when enough is enough.
    Ex: The banking community is eyeing its possibilities with serious interest.
    Ex: When Ed Blume was asked at a meeting about LC's failure to have established a heading for rock music for so long, he remarked: 'Today's horse may be tomorrow's carrion'.
    Ex: There was one ram that was content to stay up in the cliffs and look down over his domain.
    Ex: The characters stand inside a mysterious domed structure looking down on the Earth watching the 19th century take shape.
    * aficionado a observar las estrellas = stargazer.
    * observar atentamente y durante cierto tiempo = maintain + vigil.
    * observar con más detalle = closer look.
    * observar las estrellas = stargaze.

    * * *
    observar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 (mirar, examinar) to observe
    lo observé detenidamente I watched o observed it carefully
    notó que alguien la observaba she noticed that someone was watching her
    observar un eclipse to observe an eclipse
    2 (notar) to observe ( frml)
    como pueden observar, la restauración es excelente as you can see o as you will observe, it has been superbly restored
    ¿has observado algún cambio en su conducta? have you observed o noticed any change in his behavior?
    3 (comentar) to remark, observe ( frml)
    -¡qué silencio! -observó al entrar it's so quiet!, she remarked as she entered
    B ‹leyes/preceptos› to observe, abide by; ‹protocolo› to observe
    siempre ha observado una conducta respetuosa she has always behaved very respectfully
    * * *

     

    observar ( conjugate observar) verbo transitivo

    ◊ alguien la observaba someone was watching o (frml) observing her

    b) ( notar) to observe (frml);

    ◊ ¿has observado algún cambio? have you noticed o observed any changes?

    observar verbo transitivo
    1 (mirar detenidamente) to observe, watch ➣ Ver nota en observe
    2 (advertir) to notice ➣ Ver nota en notice 3 (la ley, las costumbres, etc) to observe
    ' observar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apreciar
    - moral
    - estudiar
    - mirar
    English:
    curl
    - eye
    - keep
    - monitor
    - notice
    - observe
    - perceive
    - point out
    - remark
    - study
    - watch
    - adhere
    - note
    - wild
    * * *
    1. [contemplar] to observe, to watch;
    observaban todos sus movimientos mediante unos prismáticos they observed o followed all his movements through binoculars;
    pasó años observando el comportamiento de estos animales he spent years observing the behaviour of these animals
    2. [advertir] to notice, to observe;
    observé que sus zapatos tenían barro I noticed that his shoes were muddy;
    no se han observado anomalías no anomalies have been observed
    3. [acatar] [ley, normas] to observe, to respect;
    [conducta, costumbre] to follow
    4. [comentar, señalar] to remark, to observe;
    “eso no es totalmente cierto”, observó “that's not entirely true,” he remarked o pointed out
    * * *
    v/t
    1 con la mirada observe
    2 ( advertir) notice, observe
    3 ( comentar) remark, observe
    * * *
    1) : to observe, to watch
    estábamos observando a los niños: we were watching the children
    2) notar: to notice
    3) acatar: to obey, to abide by
    4) comentar: to remark, to comment
    * * *
    1. (mirar) to observe / to watch
    2. (notar) to notice

    Spanish-English dictionary > observar

  • 8 अनेक _anēka

    अनेक a.
    1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144.
    -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one.
    -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic.
    -अग्र a.
    1 engaged in several pursuits.
    -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object.
    -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34.
    -अन्त a.
    1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम्
    -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v.
    (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence.
    -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness.
    -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2.
    -2 having the sense of word अनेक.
    -3 having many objects or purposes.
    (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c.
    -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55.
    -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one.
    -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva.
    -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37.
    -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3.
    -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father.
    -चर a. gregarious.
    -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31.
    -ज a. born more than once. (
    -जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्).
    -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75.
    - 2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4.
    -भार्य a. Having more wives than one.
    -मुख a. (
    खी f.) a.
    1 having many faces, many-faced.
    -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54.
    -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities.
    -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11.
    -रूप a.
    1 of various forms, multiform.
    -2 of various kinds or sorts.
    -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (
    -पः) epithet of the Supreme Being.
    -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c.
    -वचनम् the plural number; dual also.
    -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simul- taneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multipli- cation, subtraction or division of unknown quantities.
    -विध a. various, different.
    -शफ a. cloven-hoofed.
    -शब्द a. synonymous.
    -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अनेक _anēka

  • 9 जातिः _jātiḥ

    जातिः f. [जन्-क्तिन्]
    1 Birth, production, सङ्कुलं जल- जातिभिः Rām.3.11.6; Pt.1.38; Ms.2.148; also 'the time of birth'; cf. जातौ बाल्ये च कौमारे यौवने चापि मानवाः Mb.12.158.11.
    -2 The form of existence fixed by birth.
    -3 Race, family, lineage, rank.
    -4 A caste, tribe or class (of men); अरे मूढ जात्या चेदवध्यो$हं एषा सा जातिः परित्यक्ता Ve.3; (the primary castes of the Hindus are only four:-- ब्राह्मण, क्षत्रिय, वैश्य and शूद्र).
    -5 A class, genus, kind, species; पशुजातिः, पुष्पजातिः &c.
    -6 The properties which are peculiar to a class and distinguish it from all others, the essential characteristics of a species; as गोत्व, अश्वत्व of cows, horses &c; see गुण, क्रिया and द्रव्य; जातिक्रियागुणैः Śi.2.47; and cf. K. P.2.
    -7 A fire-place.
    -8 Nutmeg.
    -9 The Jasmine plant or its flower; नागपुन्नागजातिभिः Bhāg.8.2.18; पुष्पाणां प्रकरः स्मितेन रचितो नो कुन्दजात्यादिभिः Amaru.4 (written also as जाती in the last two senses).
    -1 (In Nyāya) Futile answer.
    -11 (In music) The seven primary notes of the Indian gamut; जातिभिः सप्तभिर्युक्तं तन्त्रीलयसमन्वितम् Rām.1.4.8.
    -12 Reduction of fractions to a common denominator.
    -13 False generalization.
    -14 A figure of speech (in rhetoric) which consists in so arranging words that they may read the same in Sanskṛit as well as in Prākṛita (संस्कृतप्राकृतयोः समा जातिः); cf. Vb.1.3.
    -15 A class of metres; see App.
    -Comp. -अन्ध a. born blind; Bh.1.9.
    -कोशः, -षः, -षम् nutmeg.
    -कोशी, -षी the outer skin of the nutmeg.
    -क्षयः (= जन्मोच्छेदः) the end of birth, spiritual release. जातिक्षयस्यासुलभस्य बोद्धा Bu. Ch.1.74.
    -गृद्धिः f. to take birth; जातिगृद्धयाभिपन्नाः Mb.5.6.9.
    -जानपद a. belonging to the castes and to the country; जातिजानपदान् धर्मान् Ms.8.41.
    -धर्मः 1 the duties of a caste.
    -2 a generic property.
    -ध्वंसः loss of caste or its privileges.
    -पत्री the outer skin of the nutmeg.
    -फलम् (sometimes जातीफलम् also) a nutmeg; जातीफलं मातुलानीमहिफेनं च पत्रकम् Śiva. B.3.15.
    -ब्राह्मणः a Brāhmaṇa only by birth, but not by knowledge or religious austerities, an ignorant Brāh- maṇa; (तपः श्रुतं च योनिश्च त्रयं ब्राह्मण्यकारणम् । तपःश्रुताभ्यां यो हीनो जातिब्राह्मण एव सः ॥ --शब्दार्थचिन्तामणि)
    -भ्रंशः loss of caste; Ms.11.67.
    -भ्रष्ट a. outcaste.
    -महः birth-day festival.
    -मात्रम् 1 'mere birth', position in life obtained by mere birth.
    -2 caste only (but not the performance of duties pertaining to it); Ms.8.2; 12.114.
    -3 species, genus.
    -लक्षणम् generic distinc- tion, a characteristic of a class.
    -वाचक a. expressing a genus, generic (as a word); गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्ती.
    -वैरम् instinctive or natural hostility.
    -वैरिन् m. a born enemy.
    -वैलक्षण्यम् inconsistency, incompatibility in kind.
    -शब्दः a name conveying the idea of a genus, a generic word, common noun; गौः, अश्वः, पुरुषः, हस्ती &c.
    -संकरः admixture of castes; mixed blood.
    -संपन्न a. belonging to a noble family.
    -सारम् nutmeg.
    -स्मर a. remembering one's condition in a former life; जातिस्मरो मुनिरस्मि जात्या K.355.
    -स्वभावः generic character or nature.
    -हीन a. of low birth, outcaste; रूपद्रव्यविहीनांश्च जातिहीनांश्च नाक्षिपेत् Ms.4.141;1.35.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > जातिः _jātiḥ

  • 10 वैश्वानर _vaiśvānara

    वैश्वानर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 Relating or common to all mankind, fit for all men; तान् होवाचैते वै खलु यूयं पृथगिवेम- मात्मानं वैश्वानरं विद्वांसो$न्नमत्थ Ch. Up.5.18; स एष वैश्वानरो विश्वरूपः प्राणो$ग्निरुदयते Praśṇa Up.1.7; हिरण्यगर्भः स्थूले$स्मिन् देहे वैश्वानरो भवेत् Pañchadaśī 1.28;
    -2 Universal, general, common.
    -2 Zodiacal; गगने तान्यनेकानि वैश्वानरपथाद्वहिः Rām.1.6.31.
    -रः 1 An epithet of fire; त्वत्तः खाण्डव- रङ्गताण्डवनटो दूरे$स्तु वैश्वानरः Bv.1.57.
    -2 The fire of digestion (in the stomach); अहं वैश्वानरो भूत्वा प्राणिनां देह- माश्रितः । प्राणापानसमायुक्तः प्रचाम्यन्नं चतुर्विधम् ॥ Bg.15.14.
    -3 General consciousness (in Vedānta phil.).
    -4 The Supreme Being.
    -5 The Chitraka tree.
    -री 1 N. of a particular division of the moon's path; also वैश्वानरपथ; Rām.1.6.31.
    -2 N. of a particular sacrifice per- formed at the beginning of every year; इष्टिं वैश्वानरीं नित्यं निर्वपेदब्दपर्यये Mb.12.165.15.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वैश्वानर _vaiśvānara

  • 11 फलम् _phalam

    फलम् [फल्-अच्]
    1 Fruit (fig. also) as of a tree; उदेति पूर्वं कुसुमं ततः फलम् Ś.7.3; R.4.43;1.49.
    -2 Crop, produce; कृषिफलम् Me.16.
    -3 A result, fruit, consequence, effect; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.8; फलेन ज्ञास्यसि Pt.1; न नवः प्रभुराफलोदयात् स्थिरकर्मा विरराम कर्मणः R.8.22;1.33; अनिष्टमिष्टं मिश्रं च त्रिविधं कर्मणः फलम् Bg.18.12.
    -4 (Hence) Reward, recompense, meed, retribution (good or bad); फलमस्योपहासस्य सद्यः प्राप्स्यसि पश्य माम् R.12.37.
    -5 A deed, act (opp. words); ब्रुवते हि फलेन साधवो न तु कण्ठेन निजोपयोगिताम् N.2.48 'good men prove their usefulness by deeds, not by words'.
    -6 Aim, object, purpose; परेङ्गितज्ञानफला हि बुद्धयः Pt.1.43; किमपेक्ष्य फलम् Ki.2.21, 'with what object in view; Me.56.
    -7 Use, good, profit, advantage; जगता वा विफलेन किं फलम् Bv.2.61.
    -8 Profit or interest on capital.
    -9 Progeny, offspring; तस्यापनोदाय फलप्रवृत्तावुपस्थितायामपि निर्व्यपेक्षः (त्यक्षामि) R.14.39.
    -1 A kernel (of a fruit).
    -11 A tablet or board (शारिफल).
    -12 A blade (of a sword).
    -13 The point or head of an arrow, dart &c.; barb; आरामुखं क्षुरप्रं च गोपुच्छं चार्धचन्द्रकम् । सूचीमुखं च भल्लं च वत्सदन्तं द्विभल्लकम् ॥ कर्णिकं काकतुण्डं च तथान्यान्यप्यनेकशः । फलानि देशभेदेन भवन्ति बहुरूपतः ॥ Dhanur.64-5; फलयोगमवाप्य सायकानाम् Ms.7.1; Ki.14.52.
    -14 A shield.
    -15 A testicle; अकर्तव्यमिदं यस्माद् विफलस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.1.48.27.
    -16 A gift.
    -17 The result of a calculation (in Math.)
    -18 Product or quotient.
    -19 Menstrual discharge.
    -2 Nutmeg.
    -21 A ploughshare.
    -22 Loss, disadvantage.
    -23 The second (or third) term in a rule-of-three sum.
    -24 Correlative equation.
    -25 The area of a figure.
    -26 The three myrobalans (त्रिफला).
    -27 A point on a die.
    -28 Benefit, enjoyment; ईश्वरा भूरिदानेन यल्लभन्ते फलं किल Pt.2.72.
    -29 Compensation; यावत् सस्यं विनश्येत् तु तावत् स्यात् क्षेत्रिणः फलम् Y.2.161.
    -3 A counterpart (प्रतिबिम्ब); तन्मायाफलरूपेण केवलं निर्विकल्पितम् Bhāg.11.24.3.
    -31 Shoulder-blade; तस्यां स फलके खड्गं निजघान ततो$ङ्गदः Rām.6.76.1.
    -Comp. -अदनः = फलाशनः q. v.; a parrot.
    -अधिकारः a claim for wages.
    -अध्यक्षः Mimu- sops Kauki (Mār. खिरणी).
    -अनुबन्धः succession or sequence of fruits or results.
    -अनुमेय a. to be inferred from the results or consequences; फलानुमेयाः प्रारम्भाः संस्काराः प्राक्तना इव R.1.2.
    -अनुसरणम् 1 rate of profits.
    -2 following or reaping consequences.
    -अन्तः a bamboo.
    -अन्वेषिन् a. seeking for reward or recompense (of actions).
    -अपूर्वम् The mystic power which produces the consequences of a sacrificial act.
    -अपेक्षा expectation of the fruits or consequences (of acts), regard to results.
    -अपेत a. useless, unfertile, unpro- ductive.
    -अम्लः a kind of sorrel. (
    -म्लम्) tamarind. ˚पञ्चकम् the five sour fruits; bergumot (जम्बीर), orange (नारिङ्ग), sorrel (आम्लवेतस), tamarind (चिञ्चा) and a citron (मातुलुङ्ग, Mar. महाळुंग).
    -अशनः a parrot.
    -अस्थि n. a cocoa-nut.
    -आकाङ्क्षा expectation of (good) re- sults; see फलापेक्षा.
    -आगमः 1 production of fruits, load of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलागमैः Ś.5.12.
    -2 the fruit season, autumn.
    -आढ्य a. full of or abounding in fruits. (
    -ढ्या) a kind of plantain.
    -आरामः a fruit- garden, orchard.
    -आसक्त a.
    1 fond of fuits.
    -2 attach- ed to fruits, fond of getting fruit (of actions done).
    -आसवः a decoction of fruit.
    -आहारः feeding or living on fruits, fruit-meal.
    -इन्द्रः a species of Jambū (Rājajambū).
    -उच्चयः a collection of fruits.
    -उत्तमा 1 a kind of grapes (having no stones).
    -2 = त्रिफला.
    -उत्पत्तिः f.
    1 production of fruit.
    -2 profit, gain. (
    -त्तिः) the mango tree (sometimes written फलोत्पति in this sense).
    -उत्प्रेक्षा a kind of comparison.
    -उदयः 1 ap- pearance of fruit, production of results or consequences, attainment of success or desired object; आफलोदयकर्मणाम् R.1.5;8.22.
    -2 profit, gain.
    -3 retribution, punishment.
    -4 happiness, joy.
    -5 heaven.
    -उद्गमः appear- ance of fruits; भवन्ति नम्रास्तरवः फलोद्गमैः Ś.5.12 (v. l.).
    -उद्देशः regard to results; see फलापेक्षा.
    -उन्मुख a. about to give fruit.
    - उपगम a. bearing fruit.
    -उपजीविन् a. living by cultivating or selling fruits.
    -उपभोगः 1 enjoyment of fruit.
    -2 partaking of reward.
    -उपेत a. yielding fruit, fruitful, fortile.
    -काम a. one who is desirous of fruit; धर्मवाणिजका मूढा फलकामा नराधमाः । अर्चयन्ति जगन्नाथं ते कामं नाप्नुवन्त्युत ॥ (मल. त. Śabda. ch.)
    -कामना desire of fruits or consequences.
    -कालः fruit- season.
    -केसरः the cocoanut tree.
    -कोशः, -षः, कोशकः the scrotum (covering of the testicles).
    -खण्डनम् frustration of fruits or results, disappointment.
    -खेला a quail.
    -ग्रन्थः (in astrol.) a work describing the effects of celestial phenomena on the destiny of men; Bṛi. S.
    -ग्रहः deriving benefit or advantage.
    -ग्रही, -ग्राहिन् a. (also फलेग्रहि and फलेग्राहिन्) fruitful, yielding or bearing fruit in season; श्लाध्यतां कुलमुपैति पैतृकं स्यान्मनोरथतरुः फलेग्रहिः Kir. K.3.6; Māl.9.39; भूष्णुरात्मा फलेग्रहिः Ait. Br. (शुनःशेप legend); फलेग्रहीन् हंसि वनस्पतीनाम् Bk.; द्वितीयो ह्यवकेशी स्यात् प्रथमस्तु फलेग्रहिः Śiva. B.16.27. (-m.) a fruit-tree.
    -ग्रहिष्णु a. fruitful.
    -चोरकः a kind of perfume (Mar. चोरओवा).
    - छदनम a house built of wooden boards.
    -तन्त्र a. aiming only at one's advantage.
    -त्रयम्, -त्रिकम् the three myrobalans (त्रिफला).
    -द, -दातृ, -प्रद a.
    1 productive, fruitful, bearing fruit; फलदानां तु वृक्षाणां छेदने जप्यमृक्शतम् Ms.11.142; गते$पि वयसि ग्राह्या विद्या सर्वात्मना बुधैः ।...... अन्यत्र फलदा भवेत् ॥ Subhāṣ.
    -2 bringing in gain or profit.
    -3 giving a reward, rewarding. (
    -दः) a tree.
    -धर्मन् a. ripening soon and then falling on the ground, perishing; फेनधर्मा महाराज फलधर्मा तथैव च। निमेषादपि कौन्तेय यस्यायुरपचीयते Mb.3.35.2-3.
    -निर्वृत्ति f. final consequence or reward.
    -निवृत्तिः f. cessation of consequences.
    -निष्पत्तिः f.
    1 production of fruit.
    -2 attainment of reward.
    -परिणतिः f.,
    -परिणामः, -पाकः (
    -फलेपाकः also)
    1 the ripening of fruit.
    -2 the fulness of cousequences.
    -पाकः Carissa Carandas (Mar. करवंद).
    -पाकान्ता, -पाकावसाना an annual plant; ओषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ak.
    -पातनम् knocking down or gathering fruit.
    -पादपः a fruit-tree.
    -पूरः, -पूरकः the common citron tree; एतस्मिन् फलपूरबीजनिकरभ्रान्त्या नितान्तारुणे संप्राप्तेषु शुकेषु पञ्जरशुका निर्गन्तुमुद्युञ्जते । Rām. Ch.7.86.
    -प्रजननम् the produc- tion of fruit.
    -प्रदानम् 1 the giving of fruits.
    -2 a ceremony at weddings.
    -प्राप्तिः f. attainment of the desired fruit of object.
    -प्रिया 1 the Priyaṅgu plant.
    -2 a species of crow.
    -प्रेप्सु a. desirous of attaining results.
    -बन्धिन् a. forming or developing fruit.
    -भागः a share in any product or profit.
    -भागिन्, -भाज् a. partaking of a reward or profit; दातॄन् प्रतिग्रहीतॄ प्रतिग्रहीतॄश्च कुरुते फल- भागिनः Ms.3.143.
    -भावना The acquisition of a result; success; सुपर्वणां हि स्फुटभावना या सा पूर्वरूपं फलभावनायाः N.14. 7.
    -भुज् m. a monkey; P. R.
    -भूमन् m. greater fruit; क्रतुवच्चानुमानेनाभ्यासे फलभूमा स्यात् MS.11.1.29.
    -भूयस्त्वम् (see फलभूमन् above); यथा कर्मसु सौर्यादिषु फलं कर्मणा क्रियत इति कर्माभ्यासे फलभूयस्त्वमेवमिहापि ŚB. on MS.11.1.29.
    -भूमिः f. a place where one receives the reward or recompense of his deeds (i. e. heaven or hell).
    -भृत् a. bearing fruit, fruitful.
    -भोगः 1 enjoyment of consequences.
    -2 usufruct.
    -मत्स्या the aloe plant.
    -मुख्या a species of plant (अजमोदा).
    -मूलम् fruits and roots; फलमूलाशिनौ दान्तौ Rāmarakṣā 18.
    -योगः 1 the attainment of fruit or the desired object; Mu.7.1.
    -2 wages, remuneration.
    -3 a stage in the perform- ance of a drama; सावस्था फलयोगः स्यात् यः समग्रफलागमः S. D.
    -राजन् m. a water-melon.
    -राशिः m. the 3rd term in the rule of three.
    -वन्ध्यः a tree barren of fruit.
    -वर्णिका jelly (?); Gaṇeśa P.2.149.
    -वर्तिः f. a coarse wick of cloth besmeared with some laxative and inserted into the anus for discharging the bowels, suppository.
    -वर्तुलम् a watermelon.
    -वल्ली a series of quotients.
    -विक्रयिन् a. a fruit-seller.
    -वृक्षः a fruit-tree.
    -वृक्षकः the bread-fruit tree.
    -शाडवः the pome- granate tree.
    -शालिन् a.
    1 bearing fruit, fruitful.
    -2 sharing in the consequences.
    -शैशिरः the Badara tree.
    -श्रेष्ठः the mango tree.
    -संस्थ a. bearing fruit.
    -संपद् f.
    1 abundance of fruit.
    -2 success.
    -3 prosperity.
    -साधनम् a means of effecting any desired object, realization of an object
    -सिद्धिः f.
    1 reaping fruit, attainment or realization of the desired object.
    -2 a prosperous result.
    -स्थानम् the stage in which results are enjoyed; Buddh.
    -स्थापनम् the sacrament called सीमन्तोन्नयन; फलस्थापनात् मातापितृजं पाप्मानमपोहति Hārīta.
    -स्नेहः a walnut tree.
    -हारी an epithet of Kālī or Durgā
    -हानिः loss of profit
    -हीन a. yielding no fruit or profit.
    -हेतु a. acting with a view to results.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > फलम् _phalam

  • 12 गणः _gaṇḥ

    गणः [गण् कर्मणि कर्तरि वा अच्]
    1 A flock, multitude, group, troop, collection; गुणिगणगणना, भगणः
    -2 A series, a class.
    -3 A body of followers or attendants.
    -4 Particularly, a troop of demigods considered as Śiva's attendants and under the special superintendence of Gaṇeśa, a demigod of this troop; गणानां त्वा गणपतिं हवामहे कविं कवीनाम् &c.; गणा नमेरुप्रसवावतंसाः Ku.1.55,7.4,71; Me.35.57; Ki.5.13.
    -5 Any assemblage or society of men formed for the attainment of the same objects.
    -6 A company, association.
    -7 A tribe, class.
    -8 A series of lunar mansions classed under three heads (of god, men and demons).
    -9 A sect (in philosophy, religion).
    -1 A small body of troops (a sub-division of अक्षौहिणी), consisting of 27 chariots, as many elephants, 81 horses and 135 foot; Mb.1.2.21.
    -11 A number (in math.).
    -12 A foot (in prosody).
    -13 (In gram.) A series of roots or words belonging to the same rule and called after the first word of that series; e. g. भ्वादिगण i. e. the class of roots which begin with भू.
    -14 An epithet of Gaṇeśa.
    -Comp. -अग्रणी m. N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -अचलः N. of the mountain Kailāsa, as the residence of the Gaṇas of Śiva.
    -अधिपः, -अधिपतिः 1 N. of Śiva; Śi.9.27.
    -2 N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -3 the chief of a troop of soldiers or of a class of disciples, of a body of men or animals.
    -अन्नम् a mess, food prepared for number of persons in common; Ms.4.29,219.
    -अभ्यन्तर a. one of a troop or number. (
    -रः) the leader or mem- ber of any religious association; Ms.3.154.
    -ईशः N. of Gaṇapati, Śiva's son (see गणपति below). ˚जननी an epithet of Pārvatī. ˚भूषणम् red-lead.
    -ईशानः, -ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
    -2 of Śiva.
    -उत्साहः the rhinoceros.
    -कारः 1 a classifier.
    -2 an epithet of Bhīmasena.
    -कृत्वस् ind. for a whole series of times, for a number of times.
    -गतिः a particular high number.
    -चक्रकम् a dinner eaten in common by a party of virtuous men.
    -छन्दस् n. metre regulated and measured by feet.
    -तिथ a. forming a troop or collection.
    -दीक्षा 1 initiation of a number or a class.
    -2 performance of rites for a number of persons.
    -दीक्षिन् a.
    1 one who officiates for a number of per- sons or for various castes (as a priest).
    -2 one who has been initiated into the worship of Ganeśa.
    -देवताः (pl.) groups of deities who generally appear in classes of troops; Ak. thus classifies them:-- आदित्यविश्ववसव- स्तुषिता भास्वरानिलाः । महाराजिकसाध्याश्च रुद्राश्च गणदेवताः ॥
    -द्रव्यम् 1 public property, common stock; Y.2.187.
    -2 a variety of articles.
    -धरः 1 the head of a class or number.
    -2 the teacher of a school.
    -नाथः, -नाथकः 1 an epithet of Śiva.
    -2 of Gaṇeśa.
    -3 the leader of the attendants of any god; Bhāg.5.17.13.
    -4 the head of an assemblage or corporation; Bṛi. S.15.4.
    -नायिका an epithet of Durgā.
    -पः, पतिः 1 N. of Śiva.
    -2 N. of Gaṇeśa. [He is the son of Śiva and Pārvatī, or of Pārvatī only; for according to one legend, he sprang from the scurf of her body. He is the god of wisdom and remover of obstacles; hence he is invok- ed and worshipped at the commencement of every important undertaking. He is usually represented in a sitting posture, short and fat, with a protuberant belly, and four hands; riding a mouse; and with the head of an elephant. This head has only one tusk, the other having been lost in a scuffle between him and Paraśurāma when he opposed the latter's en- trance to Śiva's inner apartments; (whence he is called Ekadanta, Ekadaṁṣṭra &c.). There are seve- ral legends accounting for his elephant head. It is said that he wrote the Mahābhārata at the dictation of Vyāsa who secured his services as a scribe from the god Brahman].
    -3 also an epithet of Bṛihas- pati and Indra.
    -4 the leader of a class or troop.
    -पर्वत see गणाचल.
    -पाठः a collection of gaṇas or series of words falling under the same grammatical rule.
    -पीठकम् the breast, bosom.
    -पुङ्गवः the head of a tribe or class. (pl.) N. of a country and its people; Bṛi. S.4.24.
    -पूर्वः the leader of a tribe or class; (ग्रामणी); Mb.13.23.2. ˚तापनी N. of a Upaniṣad.
    -भर्तृ m.
    1 an epithet of Śiva; गणभर्तृरुक्षा Ki.5.42.
    -2 N. of Gaṇeśa.
    -3 the leader of a class.
    -भोजनम् mess, eating in com- mon.
    -यज्ञः a rite common to all.
    -रत्नमहोदधिः a collection of grammatical gaṇas by Vardhamāna.
    -राज्यम् N. of an empire in the Deccan; Bṛi. S.14. 14.
    -रात्रम् a series of nights.
    -वल्लभः a general of the army (सेनानायक); Rām.2.81.12.
    -वृत्तम् see गणच्छन्दस्.
    -हासः, -हासकः a species of perfume.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गणः _gaṇḥ

  • 13 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 14 аппарат

    apparatus, device, set, process vessel хим.
    * * *
    аппара́т м.
    apparatus
    абсорбцио́нный аппара́т — absorber
    аэрацио́нный аппара́т — aerator
    аэрозо́льный аппара́т — aerosol generator
    аппара́т Бе́кка — paper smoothness and air flow measuring apparatus
    ботвоотводя́щий аппара́т — vine dividing unit
    ботвосреза́ющий аппара́т — vine cutter
    броди́льный аппара́т — fermenter
    бры́згальный аппара́т текст. — sprinkling apparatus
    буквопеча́тающий аппара́т — printer
    буквопеча́тающий, ле́нточный аппара́т — tape printer
    буквопеча́тающий, руло́нный аппара́т — page printer
    буквопеча́тающий, синхро́нный аппара́т — synchronous printer
    буквопеча́тающий, стартсто́пный аппара́т — start-stop printer
    аппара́т Ва́рбурга — Warburg vessel
    ва́рочно-промывно́й аппара́т — boiling and washing apparatus
    ва́рочный аппара́т — boiling apparatus; cooker
    воздухораздели́тельный аппара́т — air-fractionating apparatus
    вы́бойный аппара́т пищ. — flour packing machine, flour packer, flour sacker
    вы́бойный, весово́й автомати́ческий аппара́т — auto-weigher flour packer
    выпарно́й аппара́т
    1. evaporator
    2. хим. concentrator (e. g., phosphoric acid concentrator)
    выпарно́й, ва́куумный аппара́т с тру́бчатым калориза́тором — calandria-type vacuum pan
    выпарно́й, вертика́льный аппара́т — vertical-tube evaporator
    выпарно́й, горизонта́льный аппара́т — horizontal-tube evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т Ке́стнера — Kestner evaporator
    выпарно́й, многоко́рпусный аппара́т — multiple-effect evaporator
    выпарно́й, одноко́рпусный аппара́т — single-effect evaporator
    выпарно́й, плё́ночный аппара́т — climbing-film evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с гре́ющей ка́мерой — calandria evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с есте́ственной циркуля́цией — natural circulation evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с змеевико́вой пове́рхностью нагре́ва — coil evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с интенси́вной циркуля́цией — flash boiler, high-speed evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с иску́сственной циркуля́цией — forced-circulation evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с калориза́тором — calandria evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с парово́й руба́шкой — steam-jacketed evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с принуди́тельной циркуля́цией — forced-circulation evaporator
    выпарно́й аппара́т с распыле́нием жи́дкости — spray evaporator
    выпарно́й, сунду́чный аппара́т — steam-chest evaporator
    выра́внивающий аппара́т с.-х. — levelling device, leveller
    выра́внивающий, ди́сковый аппара́т с.-х. — disk-type levelling device
    выра́внивающий, па́льчатый аппара́т с.-х. — finger-type levelling device
    выра́внивающий, ремё́нный аппара́т с.-х. — belt-type levelling device
    выра́внивающий, цепно́й аппара́т с.-х. — chain-type levelling device
    выра́внивающий, шне́ковый аппара́т с.-х. — worm-type levelling device
    выса́живающий аппара́т — planting attachment, planting mechanism
    выса́ливающий аппара́т — desalting apparatus
    высева́ющий аппара́т — (seed) distributor, seeding apparatus, seed-feeding [seeding, seed-sowing] mechanism, feed run
    высева́ющий, ба́ночный аппара́т — seed hopper
    высева́ющий, ди́сковый аппара́т — disk seeding mechanism
    высева́ющий, кату́шечный аппара́т — roller seeding mechanism
    высева́ющий, мотылько́вый аппара́т — agitator [rotary-winged] feed
    высева́ющий, яче́исто-ди́сковый аппара́т — disk-cell seeding mechanism
    аппара́т высо́кой вы́тяжки текст. — high-draft mechanism
    выщела́чивающий аппара́т — leaching vat
    газоопа́ливающий аппара́т текст. — gassing frame, gas singeing machine, gas singer
    аппара́т гальваниза́ции — galvanization apparatus
    аппара́т гаше́ния и́звести — lime slaking apparatus
    гвоздеподаю́щий аппара́т — nail delivery apparatus
    гра́бельный аппара́т с.-х. — rake apparatus
    грамза́писи аппара́т — phonograph recorder
    двукра́тный аппара́т свз. — double multiplex apparatus
    двухпрочё́сный аппара́т текст. — double card
    двухпрочё́сный, камво́льный аппара́т текст. — double-worsted card
    декатиро́вочный аппара́т текст. — steaming apparatus
    дели́тельный аппара́т — indexing head
    диатерми́ческий аппара́т мед. — diathermic apparatus
    диффузио́нный аппара́т — diffuser
    аппара́т для автомати́ческого подъё́ма воды́ — water ram
    аппара́т для доза́ривания плодо́в — after-ripening apparatus
    аппара́т для извлече́ния семя́н из плодо́в — seed extractor
    аппара́т для ка́рдной ле́нты, обтяжно́й — card-mounting machine
    аппара́т для краше́ния пря́жи в мотка́х — hank dyeing machine
    аппара́т для мо́крого обогаще́ния ру́дной ме́лочи — fine-ore wet concentrator
    аппара́т для обогаще́ния шла́мов — sludge mill
    аппара́т для оглуше́ния скота́ пе́ред убо́ем — stunner
    аппара́т для омыле́ния жиро́в — saponifier, fat splitting tank
    аппара́т для определе́ния молекуля́рного ве́са — molecular-weight apparatus
    аппара́т для определе́ния то́чки кипе́ния — boiling-point apparatus
    аппара́т для предотвраще́ния на́кипи, ультразвуково́й — ultrasonic descaler
    аппара́т для приготовле́ния сы́воротки мед. — inspissator
    аппара́т для приё́ма ко́да — code detecting apparatus
    аппара́т для прожига́ния лё́тки — tapping apparatus, electrical tapper
    аппара́т для ре́зки кирпи́чного бру́са — brick cutter
    аппара́т для чте́ния микрофи́льмов — microfilm reader, microfilm viewer
    аппара́т для шли́хты, заме́шивающий текст. — sizing mixing apparatus
    дождева́льный аппара́т — sprinkler
    дождева́льный, дальнестру́йный аппара́т — long-range sprinkler
    дождева́льный, короткостру́йный аппара́т — short-range sprinkler
    дождева́льный, среднестру́йный аппара́т — medium-range sprinkler
    дои́льный аппара́т — milking unit, milker
    дои́льный, двухта́ктный аппара́т — two-phase milking unit
    дои́льный, трёхта́ктный аппара́т — three-phase milking unit
    аппара́т до́менной пе́чи, засыпно́й — double bell-and-hopper, cup-and-cone
    дробестру́йный аппара́т — shot-blaster
    дрожжерасти́льный аппара́т — yeast-growing apparatus, yeast machine
    дыха́тельный аппара́т (напр. горноспасательный) — breathing apparatus, respirator
    жезлово́й аппара́т — token instrument
    закру́чивающий аппара́т ( турбины) — swirling device, swirling vanes
    запа́рочный аппара́т текст. — steam chamber, steam chest
    запа́рочный аппара́т для кро́мок текст. — selvedge steaming apparatus
    заряжа́ющий аппара́т горн. — blast loading apparatus
    звукозапи́сывающий аппара́т — sound recorder
    звукомонта́жный аппара́т — (film) editing machine, (picture and sound) editor
    золосмывно́й аппара́т — ash-sluicing device
    золоула́вливающий аппара́т — ash collector
    известегаси́льный аппара́т — slaker, lime slaking apparatus
    аппара́т измере́ния вя́зкости смол — tar tester
    аппара́т иску́сственного дыха́ния мед. — reviving [resuscitation] apparatus
    аппара́т иску́сственного кровообраще́ния — heart-lung machine, artificial blood-circulation apparatus
    аппара́т испыта́ния труб — pipe prover
    кантова́льный аппара́т — tilter, turn-over device, manipulator, positioner
    карамелева́рочный аппара́т — sugar cooker
    карамелева́рочный аппара́т плё́ночного ти́па — microfilm sugar cooker
    карбонизацио́нный аппара́т — carbonizing apparatus
    ка́ссовый аппара́т — cash register
    ка́ссовый, электри́ческий аппара́т — electric cash register
    кинокопирова́льный аппара́т — (motion-picture) film printer
    кинопроекцио́нный аппара́т — motion-picture [cine] projector
    киносъё́мочный аппара́т — cine [motion-picture] camera
    киносъё́мочный, подво́дный аппара́т — underwater cine camera
    киносъё́мочный, скоростно́й аппара́т — high-speed cine camera
    киносъё́мочный, узкоплё́ночный аппара́т — substandard cine camera
    аппара́т Ки́ппа хим. — Kipp generator
    клеево́й аппара́т ( в сигаретной машине) — glu(e)ing apparatus
    коммутацио́нный аппара́т — switching device
    конденсацио́нный аппара́т — condenser
    кондицио́нный аппара́т текст. — conditioning oven
    конта́ктный аппара́т хим. — catalytic reactor
    конта́ктный аппара́т окисле́ния хлори́стого водоро́да — decomposing furnace
    копирова́льный аппара́т
    2. метал. tracer
    3. ( множительный) duplicator
    копирова́льный, электрофотографи́ческий аппара́т — electrophotographic copying machine
    копти́льный аппара́т — smoking apparatus
    копти́льный, конве́йерный аппара́т — conveyer smoking apparatus
    копти́льный, стациона́рный аппара́т — stationary smoking apparatus
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т [КЛА] — spacecraft, space [interplanetary, interstellar, space-borne] vehicle
    возвраща́ть косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т — recover a spacecraft
    выводи́ть косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т на орби́ту — orbit a spacecraft, place [put, inject] a spacecraft in orbit
    запуска́ть косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т — launch a spacecraft
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т сближа́ется с, напр. други́м КЛА — the spacecraft closes with, e. g., another space vehicle
    развё́ртывать косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т на 180° пе́ред стыко́вкой — transpose a space vehicle before docking
    следи́ть за косми́ческим лета́тельным аппара́том — track a space vehicle
    состыко́вывать косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т — dock a spacecraft
    спуска́ть косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с орби́ты — de-orbit a space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, авари́йно-спаса́тельный аппара́т — rescue space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, автомати́ческий аппара́т — automatic [automatically controlled, unmanned] space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, возвраща́емый аппара́т — recoverable space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т для иссле́дований — space probe
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т для полё́та на Луну́ — Moon-mission spacecraft
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т для поса́дки на Луну́ — lunar-landing vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, маневри́рующий аппара́т — manoeuvrable space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, межплане́тный аппара́т — interplanetary space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т многора́зового примене́ния — reusable space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, многоступе́нчатый аппара́т — multistage space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, одноступе́нчатый аппара́т — one-stage space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, орбита́льный аппара́т — orbital space vehicle, orbiting spacecraft, orbiter
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, орбита́льный тра́нспортный аппара́т — earth-orbital transport
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т, рассчи́танный на вход в атмосфе́ру — re-entry space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с аэродинами́ческим вхо́дом в атмосфе́ру — aerodynamic-re-entry space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с баллисти́ческим вхо́дом в атмосфе́ру — ballistic-re-entry space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с жё́сткой поса́дкой — rough-landing spacecraft
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с мя́гкой поса́дкой — soft-landing spacecraft
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т со сме́нным экипа́жем — crew-exchange space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, спуска́емый аппара́т — descent stage, descent module, descent space vehicle, descent capsule, landing module
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, стабилизи́рованный аппара́т — non-tumbling [stabilized] space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный аппара́т с экипа́жем на борту́ — manned spacecraft
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, управля́емый аппара́т — piloted space vehicle
    косми́ческий лета́тельный, челно́чный аппара́т — space ferry
    краси́льный аппара́т — dyeing machine
    краси́льный аппара́т для пря́жи на пако́вках — package dyeing machine
    краси́льный аппара́т для шерстяно́го волокна́ — loose wool dyeing machine
    краси́льный, проходно́й аппара́т — continuous dyeing machine
    кра́сочный, каска́дный аппара́т полигр. — continuous ink feed system
    куфтова́льный аппара́т текст. — knotting machine
    лета́тельный аппара́т [ЛА] — flying vehicle
    лета́тельный, атмосфе́рный аппара́т — atmospheric vehicle
    лета́тельный, аэродинами́ческий аппара́т — aerodynamic vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т без ускори́теля — unboosted vehicle
    лета́тельный, беспило́тный аппара́т — pilotless [unmanned] vehicle, pilotless [unmanned] aircraft, drone
    лета́тельный, винтокры́лый аппара́т — rotorcraft
    лета́тельный, возду́шно-косми́ческий аппара́т — aerospace [space-air] vehicle, aerospacecraft
    лета́тельный, возду́шный аппара́т — aircraft
    лета́тельный, гиперзвуково́й аппара́т — hypersonic aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т да́льнего де́йствия — long-range aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т для испыта́ния систе́м управле́ния — control-test vehicle
    лета́тельный, дозвуково́й аппара́т — subsonic aircraft, subsonic vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т жё́сткой поса́дки — impactor
    лета́тельный, крыла́тый аппара́т — lifting [winged, aerodynamic] vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т ле́гче во́здуха — lighter-than-air aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т многокра́тного примене́ния — reusable vehicle
    лета́тельный, невозвраща́емый аппара́т — nonrecoverable vehicle
    лета́тельный, неуправля́емый аппара́т — unguided [free-flight, ballistic] vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т однора́зового примене́ния — expendable aircraft
    лета́тельный, околозвуково́й аппара́т — transonic aircraft, transonic vehicle
    лета́тельный, пилоти́руемый аппара́т — piloted [manned] aircraft
    лета́тельный, плани́рующий крыла́тый аппара́т — winged glider
    лета́тельный аппара́т радиолокацио́нного дозо́ра — radar picket aircraft
    лета́тельный, раке́тный аппара́т — rocket-propelled vehicle
    лета́тельный, рикошети́рующий аппара́т — skip vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т с большо́й да́льностью полё́та — long-range aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с вертика́льными взлё́том и поса́дкой — vertical take-off and landing [VTOL] aircraft
    лета́тельный, с вертика́льными взлё́том и поса́дкой, винтокры́лый аппара́т — VTOL rotorcraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с вертика́льными и укоро́ченными взлё́том и поса́дкой — vertical/ short take-off and landing [V/ STOL] aircraft
    лета́тельный, сверхзвуково́й аппара́т — supersonic aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с высо́ким аэродинами́ческим ка́чеством — high lift-to-drag [high-L/ D] vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т с двухто́пливным дви́гателем — dual-fuel vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т с ма́лым аэродинами́ческим ка́чеством — low lift-to-drag [low-L/ D] aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с несу́щим ко́рпусом — lifting(-body) aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с ни́зким аэродинами́ческим ка́чеством — low lift-to-drag [low-L/ D] vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т, создаю́щий подъё́мную си́лу — lifting aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с прямото́чным возду́шно-реакти́вным дви́гателем — ram-jet aircraft
    лета́тельный аппара́т с ускори́телем — boosted vehicle
    лета́тельный аппара́т тяжеле́е во́здуха — heavier-than-air aircraft
    лета́тельный, управля́емый аппара́т — controlled [guided] vehicle
    лета́тельный, эксперимента́льный аппара́т — experimental aircraft
    лопа́точный аппара́т ( турбины) — blading, blade system
    луди́льный аппара́т — tinning stack
    лущи́льный аппара́т — hulling unit
    люминесце́нтный диагности́ческий аппара́т — fluorescent diagnostic apparatus
    аппара́т магни́тной звукоза́писи — magnetic tape recorder
    маркиро́вочный аппара́т — brander
    массообме́нный аппара́т — mass-transfer apparatus
    математи́ческий аппара́т (совокупность математических зависимостей и отношений, используемых в данной науке) — a body of mathematics
    ма́трично-суши́льный аппара́т — matrix dryer
    аппара́т микши́рования зву́ка кфт. — re-recorder
    многокра́тный аппара́т свз. — multiplex apparatus
    мо́ечный аппара́т — washing unit, washer
    мо́ечный аппара́т для пипе́ток — pipette rinsing machine
    молоти́льный аппара́т — threshing mechanism
    молоти́льный, би́льный аппара́т — rasp-bar threshing mechanism
    молоти́льный, зубово́й аппара́т — peg-type threshing mechanism
    молоти́льный, штифтово́й аппара́т — peg-type threshing mechanism
    морози́льный аппара́т — freezing apparatus
    мя́льный аппара́т — breaking unit
    набо́рный аппара́т — composing apparatus, composing machine
    аппара́т на возду́шной поду́шке — hovercraft, cushioncraft, ground-effect machine, air-cushion vehicle, ACV
    аппара́т на возду́шной поду́шке с боковы́ми сте́нками — sidewaller, sidewall hovercraft
    аппара́т на возду́шной поду́шке с колё́сным шасси́ — wheeled ACV, wheeled air-cushion vehicle
    аппара́т на возду́шной поду́шке с кольцево́й струё́й — annular jet ACV, annular jet air-cushion vehicle
    намагни́чивающий аппара́т — magnetizing device
    намо́точный аппара́т — coiling [winding] apparatus
    направля́ющий аппара́т акти́вной турби́ны — nozzle
    направля́ющий аппара́т вентиля́тора — guide vanes
    направля́ющий, входно́й аппара́т вентиля́тора — inlet vanes, inlet vane device
    направля́ющий, прямо́й аппара́т центробе́жного компре́ссора — forward channel
    направля́ющий аппара́т реакти́вной турби́ны — guide case
    направля́ющий, ули́точный аппара́т — scroll
    направля́ющий, упрощё́нный аппара́т — louver-damper device
    направля́ющий аппара́т центробе́жного компре́ссора — return channel
    нумерова́льный аппара́т полигр. — paging machine
    обводно́й аппара́т прок. — repeater
    обду́вочный аппара́т тепл. — sootblower, blower
    обду́вочный, выдвижно́й аппара́т тепл. — retractable sootblower
    обду́вочный, глубоковыдвижно́й аппара́т тепл. — long-retracting sootblower
    обду́вочный, кача́ющийся аппара́т тепл. — oscillating sootblower
    обду́вочный, маловыдвижно́й аппара́т тепл. — short-retracting sootblower
    обду́вочный, невыдвижно́й аппара́т тепл. — non-retractable [non-retracting] sootblower
    обду́вочный, неподви́жный аппара́т тепл. — stationary sootblower
    обду́вочный, парово́й аппара́т тепл. — steam sootblower
    обду́вочный, поворо́тный аппара́т тепл. — rotating sootblower
    обезжи́ривающий аппара́т — fat extraction apparatus
    обжа́рочный аппара́т — roasting machine, roaster
    обжа́рочный, парово́й аппара́т — steam heated roasting machine
    обжа́рочный, сфери́ческий аппара́т — globe [spherical] roaster
    обжа́рочный, цилиндри́ческий аппара́т — cylinder roaster
    обжи́мный аппара́т ( в укупорочной машине) — squeezer
    обогати́тельный аппара́т — ore-dressing apparatus
    однопрочё́сный аппара́т — single-cylinder card
    опа́лочный аппара́т — singer
    аппара́т определе́ния то́чки плавле́ния — fusing-point tester
    отбе́ливающий аппара́т — bleacher
    отбе́льный аппара́т пищ. — bleaching vessel, bleaching tank, bleacher
    отбе́льный аппара́т для ма́сла — oil-bleaching apparatus
    отде́лочный стереоти́пный аппара́т — stereo-type shaver-miller
    отжи́мный аппара́т — squeezing arrangement
    отливно́й аппара́т полигр. — casting mechanism, casting machine, caster
    отливно́й, стереоти́пный аппара́т — stereotype caster, stereotype casting machine
    отсто́йный аппара́т — settler
    очё́сывающий аппара́т с.-х. — combing unit
    аппара́т очи́стки шля́пок текст. — flat stripping apparatus
    очистно́й аппара́т с.-х. — cleaning unit
    пая́льный аппара́т ( для твёрдых припоев) — brazing apparatus
    пая́льный аппара́т для пил — saw-brazing clamp
    перего́нный аппара́т — distiller, distillatory kettle, still
    перего́нный, ва́куумный аппара́т — vacuum still
    перего́нный аппара́т для отго́на лё́гких фра́кций — stripping still
    перего́нный аппара́т с па́дающей плё́нкой — falling-film still
    перего́нный, тру́бчатый аппара́т — pipe still
    аппара́т переза́писи зву́ка — re-recorder
    пескостру́йный аппара́т — sand blaster
    пита́ющий аппара́т — feed unit
    платиро́вочный аппара́т — plating attachment
    полимеризацио́нный аппара́т — polymerizer
    полирова́льный аппара́т — polishing apparatus
    аппара́т порцио́нного сбро́са с.-х. — batch dropper
    посудомо́ечный электри́ческий аппара́т — electric dish washer
    початкоотделя́ющий аппара́т — snapping unit
    проекцио́нный аппара́т — ( в фотографии) projector; ( в кинематографии) motion-picture projector
    аппара́т промы́вки, охлажде́ния и осуше́ния во́здуха — cooling and dehumidifying air washer
    промывно́й аппара́т
    1. текст. rinser
    2. бум., рез. washer
    промывно́й аппара́т для пивно́й дроби́ны — sparger
    промывно́й аппара́т под давле́нием — pressure washing kettle
    пропи́точный аппара́т — impregnator
    противоотма́рочный аппара́т полигр. — anti-set-off equipment
    разбры́згивающий аппара́т — sprayer
    разли́вочный аппара́т — racker, racking machine
    распыли́тельный аппара́т — atomizer, sprayer
    реакцио́нный аппара́т хим. — reactor, reaction vessel
    реакцио́нный аппара́т непреры́вного де́йствия хим. — continuous (chemical) reactor
    реакцио́нный аппара́т периоди́ческого де́йствия хим. — bath (chemical) reactor
    реакцио́нный аппара́т с меша́лкой хим. — stirred-tank reactor
    ре́жущий аппара́т с.-х. — cutterbar
    ре́жущий, ди́сковый аппара́т с.-х. — disk cutterbar, disk cutterhead
    ректификацио́нный аппара́т — rectifying still, rectifying apparatus, rectifier
    рентге́новский аппара́т — X-ray unit
    рентге́новский, передвижно́й аппара́т — mobile X-ray unit
    рентге́новский, переносно́й аппара́т — portable X-ray unit
    самопи́шущий аппара́т — (automatic) recorder
    сва́рочный аппара́т — welding apparatus, welding unit, welding set, welder
    сва́рочный, а́томно-водоро́дный аппара́т — atomic-hydrogen welding apparatus
    сва́рочный, двухдугово́й аппара́т — twin-arc welding set
    сва́рочный, дугово́й аппара́т — arc welder, arc welding set, arc welding unit
    сва́рочный, многопостово́й аппара́т — multi-operator welding set
    сва́рочный, однопостово́й аппара́т — single-operator welding set
    светокопирова́льный аппара́т — blue-printing machine
    скороморози́льный аппара́т — quick-freezing machine, quick-freezing plant
    скороморози́льный, конве́йерный аппара́т — conveyer quick-freezer, quick-freezing tunnel
    скороморози́льный, мембра́нный аппара́т — diaphragm quick-freezer
    скороморози́льный, пли́точный аппара́т — plate quick-freezer, platen-type quick-freezing machine, platen-type quick-freezing plant
    скороморози́льный, тунне́льный аппара́т — tunnel quick-freezer
    слухово́й аппара́т — hearing aid
    слухово́й аппара́т в опра́ве очко́в — eyeglass hearing aid
    слухово́й, зау́шный аппара́т — behind-the-ear hearing aid
    смеси́тельный аппара́т — mixer
    аппара́т Со́кслета хим. — Soxhlet apparatus
    соплово́й аппара́т — nozzle block, nozzle set
    соплово́й аппара́т турби́ны — nozzle diaphragm
    сортиро́вочный аппара́т — sorter, separator, grader, classifier
    аппара́т с панто́графом, газоре́зательный — pantograph cutter
    спаса́тельный аппара́т горн. — rescue apparatus
    спрямля́ющий аппара́т вентиля́тора — directing vanes, flow straightener
    спрямля́ющий, лопа́точный аппара́т вентиля́тора — straightening vanes
    стрига́льный аппара́т текст. — shearing device
    стру́йный аппара́т — jet device
    суши́льный аппара́т — drying apparatus, dryer, desiccator, drying cabinet
    суши́льный аппара́т в кипя́щем сло́е — fluidized-bed dryer
    телегра́фный аппара́т — telegraph apparatus, telegraph (set)
    телегра́фный аппара́т рабо́тает двухполя́рными [двухто́ковыми] посы́лками — the telegraph apparatus uses polar [double-current] pulse signals
    телегра́фный аппара́т рабо́тает ду́плексом — the telegraph set operates on a duplex basis
    телегра́фный аппара́т рабо́тает однополя́рными [одното́ковыми] посы́лками — the telegraph apparatus uses neutral [single-current] pulse signals
    телегра́фный аппара́т рабо́тает си́мплексом — the telegraph set operates on a simplex basis
    телегра́фный, буквопеча́тающий аппара́т — type-printing apparatus, type printer, (tele)printer
    буквопеча́тающий телегра́фный аппара́т печа́тает на, напр. ле́нте — the (tele)printer imprints on, e. g., tape
    рабо́тать на буквопеча́тающем телегра́фном аппара́те — operate a (tele)printer
    телегра́фный, буквопеча́тающий аппара́т Бодо́ — Boudot type printer
    телегра́фный, буквопеча́тающий ле́нточный аппара́т — tape (tele)printer
    телегра́фный, буквопеча́тающий руло́нный аппара́т — page printing apparatus, page (tele)printer
    буквопеча́тающий телегра́фный руло́нный аппара́т печа́тает на руло́не бума́ге — the page (tele)printer uses a paper roll
    телегра́фный, буквопеча́тающий аппара́т Ю́за — Hughes type printer
    телегра́фный аппара́т Мо́рзе — Morse apparatus
    телегра́фный, передаю́щий аппара́т — sender, sending set
    телегра́фный, приё́мный аппара́т — telegraph receiver
    телегра́фный, синхро́нный аппара́т — synchronous apparatus
    телегра́фный, стартсто́пный аппара́т — start-stop apparatus
    телегра́фный, трёхкра́тный аппара́т — triple-multiplex apparatus
    телегра́фный, цифрово́й аппара́т — digital telegraph apparatus
    телегра́фный, четырёхкра́тный аппара́т — quadruple multiplex apparatus
    телегра́фный аппара́т Ю́за — Hughes telegraph
    телефо́нный аппара́т — telephone (instrument), telephone (set)
    включа́ть телефо́нный аппара́т в ли́нию — connect [switch] a telephone set to [into] the line
    включа́ть телефо́нный аппара́т паралле́льно — bridge a telephone to (e. g., a main telephone)
    подавля́ть щелчки́ в телефо́нном аппара́те — mute clicks in a telephone
    телефо́нный аппара́т включё́н — the telephone is off-hook [in use]
    телефо́нный аппара́т вы́ключен — the telephone is on-hook [out of use]
    телефо́нный, абоне́нтский аппара́т ( установленный у абонента) — station set, subset, subscriber's set
    телефо́нный, абоне́нтский основно́й аппара́т — main telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, автомати́ческий аппара́т — брит. automatic telephone (set); амер. dial telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т АТС — dial(-operated) telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, безбатаре́йный аппара́т — sound-powered [voice-operated] telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, бескоммута́торный аппара́т — intercommunication telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т вну́тренней свя́зи — intercommunication telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, горноспаса́тельный аппара́т — mine rescue telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, громкоговоря́щий аппара́т — (loud)speaker phone, loudspeaking telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, диспе́тчерский аппара́т — dispatching [dispatcher's] telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, доба́вочный аппара́т — extension telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, моне́тный аппара́т — coin(-operated) telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, насте́нный аппара́т — wall telephone, wall set
    телефо́нный, насто́льный аппара́т — брит. table telephone (instrument); амер. desk telephone, desk set
    телефо́нный, паралле́льный аппара́т — extension telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, полево́й аппара́т — field telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, противоме́стный аппара́т — anti-sidetone telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т ручно́й ста́нции — manual [manually operated] telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т с автомати́ческим отбо́ем — automatic clearing telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т систе́мы ме́стной батаре́и [МБ] — local-battery [magneto] telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т систе́мы центра́льной батаре́и [ЦБ] — common-battery telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т с кно́почным набо́ром — key telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т с ме́стным эффе́ктом — sidetone telephone (set)
    телефо́нный аппара́т с микротелефо́нной тру́бкой — handset [hand] telephone
    телефо́нный аппара́т ЦБ — АТС — central-battery dial telephone (set)
    телефо́нный, ша́хтный аппара́т — mine telephone (set)
    теплообме́нный аппара́т — heat-exchange apparatus
    аппара́т терапи́и УВЧ — microwave therapy apparatus
    титрова́льный аппара́т — titrating [volumetric] apparatus
    аппара́т трево́жной сигнализа́ции — alarm
    трубоиспыта́тельный аппара́т — pipe testing apparatus, pipe prover
    туковысева́ющий аппара́т с.-х. — fertilizer distributor, fertilizer feed
    тя́говый фрикцио́нный аппара́т — friction draft gear
    уку́порочный аппара́т ( для бутылок) — capping apparatus
    фальцева́льно-ре́зальный аппара́т полигр. — folding-and-cutting mechanism
    фальцева́льный аппара́т полигр. — folder
    фальцева́льный, четырёхтетра́дный аппара́т полигр. — four-up folder
    фильтрова́льный аппара́т — filtering apparatus
    фотографи́ческий аппара́т — photographic camera (см. тж. фотоаппарат)
    фототелегра́фный аппара́т — facsimile apparatus
    фототелегра́фный, передаю́щий аппара́т с бараба́нной развё́рткой — drum transmitter
    фототелегра́фный, приё́мный аппара́т — facsimile receiver
    фототелегра́фный, приё́мный аппара́т с бараба́нной развё́рткой — drum recorder
    фототелегра́фный аппара́т с закры́той за́писью — photofacsimile apparatus
    фототелегра́фный аппара́т с откры́той за́писью — direct-recording facsimile apparatus
    фототелегра́фный аппара́т с плоскостно́й развё́рткой — flat-bed facsimile apparatus
    хмелево́й аппара́т — hop apparatus
    хроматографи́ческий аппара́т — chromatography apparatus
    централизацио́нный аппара́т ж.-д. — interlocker, interlocking device, interlocking gear
    централизацио́нный, пневмати́ческий аппара́т — pneumatic interlocking machine
    централизацио́нный, электри́ческий аппара́т — electric interlocking machine
    централизацио́нный, электромехани́ческий аппара́т — electromechanical interlocking machine
    централизацио́нный, электропневмати́ческий аппара́т — electropneumatic interlocking machine
    чаесбо́рочный аппара́т — tea-leaf harvesting (picking) device
    чеса́льный аппара́т текст. — card
    аппара́т чи́стых культу́р ( дрожжей или бактерий) — pure culture machine
    шве́йный аппара́т полигр. — sewing bench, sewing press, sewing frame
    шлакосмывно́й аппара́т — slag-sluicing nozzle
    шприцева́льный аппара́т — sprayer, sprinkler
    экстракцио́нный аппара́т пищ. — extraction vessel, extraction unit
    электрографи́ческий аппара́т полигр. — electrographic machine
    электрожезлово́й аппара́т ж.-д. — token [electrotoken] instrument
    аппара́т электронарко́за — electronarcosis apparatus
    аппара́т электрофоре́за — electrophoresis apparatus
    * * *

    Русско-английский политехнический словарь > аппарат

  • 15 mundo

    m.
    1 world.
    es un actor conocido en todo el mundo he's a world-famous actor
    ha vendido miles de discos en todo el mundo she has sold thousands of records worldwide o all over the world
    seres de otro mundo creatures from another planet
    el Nuevo mundo the New World
    el otro mundo the next world, the hereafter
    el Tercer mundo the Third World
    desde que el mundo es mundo since the dawn of time
    el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world
    medio mundo half the world, a lot of people
    no es cosa o nada del otro mundo it's nothing special
    por nada del mundo not for (all) the world
    se le cayó el mundo encima his world fell apart
    todo el mundo everyone, everybody
    traer al mundo to give birth to
    venir al mundo to come into the world, to be born
    2 worldly-wisdom.
    * * *
    1 world
    ■ el mundo del cine the cinema, the world of cinema
    2 figurado (abismo) vast difference
    3 (baúl) trunk
    \
    caérsele/venírsele a alguien el mundo encima to see one's world turned upside down
    correr/ver mundo to see places
    desde que el mundo es mundo since the beginning of time
    el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world
    hacer un mundo de algo to make a big fuss over something
    medio mundo figurado absolutely everybody
    no ser nada del otro mundo to be nothing to write home about
    ponerse el mundo por montera not to care what people think
    por nada del mundo not for all the world
    ser una mujer/un hombre de mundo to be a woman/man of the world
    tener mundo to know the ways of the world
    traer al mundo to bring into the world
    venir al mundo to come into the world
    el fin del mundo the end of the world
    el Nuevo Mundo the New World
    el otro mundo the hereafter
    el Tercer Mundo the Third World
    * * *
    noun m.
    * * *
    SM
    1) (=lo creado) world

    • el mundo antiguo — ancient world

    • el Nuevo Mundo — the New World

    • el otro mundo — the next world, the hereafter

    • el Tercer Mundo — the Third World

    • el Viejo Mundo — the Old World

    hombre 1., 1)
    2) (=humanidad)

    • medio mundo — almost everybody

    • todo el mundo — everyone, everybody

    3) (=ámbito) world
    4) (=vida mundana) world
    5)
    - por esos mundos de Dios

    ponerse el mundo por montera —

    se cansó de trabajar en una oficina, se puso el mundo por montera y se hizo artista — he grew tired of working in an office, so he threw caution to the wind and became an artist

    - venir al mundo
    - ver mundo
    comer 3.
    6)

    • un mundo (=mucho) —

    no debemos hacer un mundo de sus comentarios — there's no need to blow her comments out of proportion, we shouldn't read too much into her comments

    * * *
    1) (el universo, la Tierra)

    comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world; correr mundo to get around; del otro mundo: no es nada del otro mundo he's/it's nothing special o (colloq) he's/it's nothing to write home about; desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial (liter); el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world; hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: por eso no se va a hundir el mundo it's not the end of the world; pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart; partir de este mundo (euf) to depart this life o world (euph); por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world; no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China; ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways; qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!; tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born; traer a alguien/venir al mundo to bring somebody/come into the world; ver mundo — to see the world

    2) (planeta, universo) planet, world

    por esos mundos de Dios — here, there and everywhere

    3)
    a) (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world

    el mundo de los negocios/la droga — the business/drugs world

    4) ( gente)
    5)

    un mundo — (mucho, muchos)

    un mundo de gente — crowds o hordes of people

    6)

    tienen or han visto mucho mundo — they've been around

    * * *
    = scene, world.
    Ex. A recent inexpensive introduction to the microcomputer scene, the Sinclair QL, uses a 32 bit processor (the Motorola 680008) and offers 128K RAM expandable to 640K.
    Ex. Together they constitute the world's largest data base.
    ----
    * abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * afectar al mundo = span + the globe.
    * ajeno al mundo = unwordly.
    * al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.
    * buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).
    * campeonato del mundo = world cup.
    * causar sensación en el mundo = make + a big noise in the world.
    * cautivar al mundo = make + a big noise in the world.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * conocer (el) mundo = travel around + the world.
    * correr mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * cubrir el mundo = span + the globe.
    * culo del mundo, el = back of beyond, the.
    * cultura del mundo impreso = print culture.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * del mundo real = real-world.
    * de otro mundo = unworldly.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.
    * deseoso de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.
    * de todo el mundo = world over, the, around the world, across the globe, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * dueño del mundo, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo nos rodea = out there.
    * en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, around the world, all around the world, all over the world, across the globe, throughout the world, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.
    * en un mundo ideal = in an ideal world.
    * en un mundo perfecto = in a perfect world.
    * envidia del mundo, la = world's envy, the.
    * experiencia del mundo = worldliness.
    * experiencia del mundo real = real-world training.
    * famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * Fomento de la Biblioteconomía en el Tercer Mundo (ALP) = Advancement of Librarianship in the Third World (ALP).
    * formación en el mundo real = real-world training.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.
    * inclusión en el mundo de las redes = e-inclusion.
    * inclusión en el mundo electrónico = e-inclusion.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * maravilla del mundo = wonder of the world.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * mundo académico = academe, academia.
    * mundo académico, el = academic, the, academic world, the, world of academia, the.
    * mundo analógico, el = analog world, the.
    * mundo árabe, el = Arab world, the.
    * mundo científico, el = scholarly community, the, scientific world, the.
    * mundo clásico, el = classical world, the.
    * mundo comercial, el = commercial world, the.
    * mundo cotidiano = lifeworld [life world].
    * mundo de fantasía = fantasy world, world of fancy.
    * mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.
    * mundo de la ciencia, el = world of science, the, scientific world, the.
    * mundo de la documentación, el = information world, the.
    * mundo de la empresa = business world.
    * mundo de la empresa, el = corporate world, the.
    * mundo de la fantasía, el = world of make-believe, the, land of make-believe, the.
    * mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.
    * mundo de la letra impresa, el = print world, the.
    * mundo de la mafia, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.
    * mundo de la moda, el = fashion world, the, world of fashion, the.
    * mundo de la música, el = music world, the.
    * mundo de la música popular, el = Tin Pan Alley.
    * mundo del arte, el = art world, the.
    * mundo de las bibliotecas, el = library world, the.
    * mundo de las drogas = drug culture.
    * mundo de las empresas = business environment.
    * mundo de las letras, el = world of letters, the.
    * mundo del comercio del libro = book-trade life.
    * mundo del espectáculo, el = show business.
    * mundo del hampa = criminal underworld.
    * mundo del hampa, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.
    * mundo del libro, el = book world, the.
    * mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.
    * mundo de los negocios = business world, business environment.
    * mundo del papel impreso, el = paper world, the.
    * mundo desarrollado, el = developed world, the.
    * mundo digital, el = digital world, the.
    * mundo, el = globe, the.
    * mundo electrónico, el = electronic world, the.
    * mundo empresarial = business world, business environment.
    * mundo empresarial, el = corporate world, the.
    * mundo exterior, el = outside world, the.
    * mundo fantástico = fantasy world.
    * mundo feliz = brave new world.
    * mundo + girar en torno a = enterprise + revolve on.
    * mundo ideal, el = ideal world, the.
    * mundo imaginado = imaginary world, imagined world.
    * mundo imaginario = imaginary world, imagined world.
    * mundo impreso, el = print world, the.
    * mundo industrializado, el = industrialised world, the.
    * mundo islámico, el = Islamic world, the.
    * mundo laboral = job market, working world.
    * mundo material = material world.
    * mundo moderno = modern world, modernised world.
    * mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.
    * mundo real, el = real world, the.
    * mundos aparte = worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * mundos opuestos = like oil and water.
    * mundo utópico perverso = dystopia.
    * navegar por el mundo = roam + the seven seas.
    * ningún + Nombre + del mundo = all + Nombre + in the world.
    * Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.
    * país del tercer mundo = third world country.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * recorrer el mundo = travel around + the world.
    * salvar el mundo = save + the world.
    * ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.
    * ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * Siete Maravillas del Mundo, las = Seven Wonders of the World, the.
    * surcar los siete mares = sail + the seven seas.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tercer mundo, el = third world, the.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.
    * todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.
    * triunfar en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * usuario del mundo de los negocios = business user.
    * venir al mundo = come into + the world.
    * ventana al mundo = window on/to the world.
    * ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.
    * ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * viajar por el mundo = travel around + the world.
    * vida del mundo literario = literary life.
    * Viejo Mundo, el = Old World, the.
    * visión del mundo = world view [worldview/world-view].
    * vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.
    * vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * * *
    1) (el universo, la Tierra)

    comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world; correr mundo to get around; del otro mundo: no es nada del otro mundo he's/it's nothing special o (colloq) he's/it's nothing to write home about; desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial (liter); el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world; hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: por eso no se va a hundir el mundo it's not the end of the world; pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart; partir de este mundo (euf) to depart this life o world (euph); por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world; no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China; ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways; qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!; tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born; traer a alguien/venir al mundo to bring somebody/come into the world; ver mundo — to see the world

    2) (planeta, universo) planet, world

    por esos mundos de Dios — here, there and everywhere

    3)
    a) (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world

    el mundo de los negocios/la droga — the business/drugs world

    4) ( gente)
    5)

    un mundo — (mucho, muchos)

    un mundo de gente — crowds o hordes of people

    6)

    tienen or han visto mucho mundo — they've been around

    * * *
    el mundo
    (n.) = globe, the

    Ex: South Asia must make efforts to reach other parts of the globe in order to make the information age truly viable.

    = scene, world.

    Ex: A recent inexpensive introduction to the microcomputer scene, the Sinclair QL, uses a 32 bit processor (the Motorola 680008) and offers 128K RAM expandable to 640K.

    Ex: Together they constitute the world's largest data base.
    * abarcar el mundo = span + the globe.
    * abrirse camino en el mundo = make + Posesivo + way in the world.
    * afectar al mundo = span + the globe.
    * ajeno al mundo = unwordly.
    * al otro lado del mundo = half way (a)round the world.
    * buscar por todo el mundo = search + the world (over).
    * campeonato del mundo = world cup.
    * causar sensación en el mundo = make + a big noise in the world.
    * cautivar al mundo = make + a big noise in the world.
    * como si se acabara el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * como si se fuese a acabar el mundo = like there's no tomorrow.
    * con ansias de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * con la mejor voluntad del mundo = in good faith.
    * conocer (el) mundo = travel around + the world.
    * correr mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * cubrir el mundo = span + the globe.
    * culo del mundo, el = back of beyond, the.
    * cultura del mundo impreso = print culture.
    * dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.
    * dedicar todo el esfuerzo del mundo a = put + Posesivo + heart into.
    * del mundo real = real-world.
    * de otro mundo = unworldly.
    * desde que el mundo es mundo = from the beginning of time, since the beginning of time, since time began.
    * desear a Algo o Alguien toda la suerte del mundo = wish + Nombre + every success.
    * deseoso de conquistar el mundo = world-conquering.
    * de todas las partes del mundo = from all over the world, from all over the globe, from every part of the world.
    * de todo el mundo = world over, the, around the world, across the globe, from (all) around the world, throughout the world, around the globe, from (all) around the globe, all over the globe, from across the world, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * dueño del mundo, el = cock-of-the-walk.
    * el dinero mueve al mundo = money makes the world go (a)round.
    * el fin del mundo = the ends of the earth.
    * el mundo de las noticias = newsmaking.
    * el mundo en la palma de la mano = the world in the palm of + Posesivo + hand.
    * el mundo está a sus pies = the world is + Posesivo + oyster.
    * el mundo es un pañuelo = it's a small world.
    * en el culo del mundo = in the arse of nowhere.
    * en el mundo = on the face of the earth, on the world stage.
    * en el mundo antiguo = in antiquity.
    * en el mundo entero = all over the world, worldwide [world-wide], all around the world, throughout the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * en el mundo nos rodea = out there.
    * en todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], world over, the, around the world, all around the world, all over the world, across the globe, throughout the world, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over, in the whole world.
    * en un mundo ideal = in an ideal world.
    * en un mundo perfecto = in a perfect world.
    * envidia del mundo, la = world's envy, the.
    * experiencia del mundo = worldliness.
    * experiencia del mundo real = real-world training.
    * famoso en el mundo entero = world-renowned, world-renown.
    * famoso en todo el mundo = world-famous [world famous], world-renowned, world-renown.
    * Fomento de la Biblioteconomía en el Tercer Mundo (ALP) = Advancement of Librarianship in the Third World (ALP).
    * formación en el mundo real = real-world training.
    * haber recorrido mucho mundo = be well-travelled.
    * hasta el fin del mundo = until the end of the world.
    * hombre que tiene mucho mundo = a man of the world.
    * incluir a todo el mundo = inclusivity.
    * inclusión en el mundo de las redes = e-inclusion.
    * inclusión en el mundo electrónico = e-inclusion.
    * la mano que mece la cuna gobierna el mundo = the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world, the hand that rocks the cradle rules the world.
    * la mayoría del mundo = the majority of the world, most people, the majority of the people.
    * maravilla del mundo = wonder of the world.
    * mujer que tiene mucho mundo = a woman of the world.
    * mundo académico = academe, academia.
    * mundo académico, el = academic, the, academic world, the, world of academia, the.
    * mundo analógico, el = analog world, the.
    * mundo árabe, el = Arab world, the.
    * mundo científico, el = scholarly community, the, scientific world, the.
    * mundo clásico, el = classical world, the.
    * mundo comercial, el = commercial world, the.
    * mundo cotidiano = lifeworld [life world].
    * mundo de fantasía = fantasy world, world of fancy.
    * mundo de habla inglesa, el = English-speaking world, the.
    * mundo de la ciencia, el = world of science, the, scientific world, the.
    * mundo de la documentación, el = information world, the.
    * mundo de la empresa = business world.
    * mundo de la empresa, el = corporate world, the.
    * mundo de la fantasía, el = world of make-believe, the, land of make-believe, the.
    * mundo de la información, el = information world, the, information business, the, infosphere, the.
    * mundo de la letra impresa, el = print world, the.
    * mundo de la mafia, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.
    * mundo de la moda, el = fashion world, the, world of fashion, the.
    * mundo de la música, el = music world, the.
    * mundo de la música popular, el = Tin Pan Alley.
    * mundo del arte, el = art world, the.
    * mundo de las bibliotecas, el = library world, the.
    * mundo de las drogas = drug culture.
    * mundo de las empresas = business environment.
    * mundo de las letras, el = world of letters, the.
    * mundo del comercio del libro = book-trade life.
    * mundo del espectáculo, el = show business.
    * mundo del hampa = criminal underworld.
    * mundo del hampa, el = criminal scene, the, criminal world, the.
    * mundo del libro, el = book world, the.
    * mundo de los medios de comunicación, el = mediascape, the.
    * mundo de los negocios = business world, business environment.
    * mundo del papel impreso, el = paper world, the.
    * mundo desarrollado, el = developed world, the.
    * mundo digital, el = digital world, the.
    * mundo, el = globe, the.
    * mundo electrónico, el = electronic world, the.
    * mundo empresarial = business world, business environment.
    * mundo empresarial, el = corporate world, the.
    * mundo exterior, el = outside world, the.
    * mundo fantástico = fantasy world.
    * mundo feliz = brave new world.
    * mundo + girar en torno a = enterprise + revolve on.
    * mundo ideal, el = ideal world, the.
    * mundo imaginado = imaginary world, imagined world.
    * mundo imaginario = imaginary world, imagined world.
    * mundo impreso, el = print world, the.
    * mundo industrializado, el = industrialised world, the.
    * mundo islámico, el = Islamic world, the.
    * mundo laboral = job market, working world.
    * mundo material = material world.
    * mundo moderno = modern world, modernised world.
    * mundo occidental, el = western world, the, West, the, Occident, the.
    * mundo real, el = real world, the.
    * mundos aparte = worlds apart, like chalk and cheese, like apples and oranges.
    * mundos opuestos = like oil and water.
    * mundo utópico perverso = dystopia.
    * navegar por el mundo = roam + the seven seas.
    * ningún + Nombre + del mundo = all + Nombre + in the world.
    * Nuevo Mundo, el = New World, the.
    * país del tercer mundo = third world country.
    * por nada del mundo = for the life of me.
    * por todo el mundo = worldwide [world-wide], around the world, across the globe, around the globe, across the world, around the planet, the world over.
    * recorrer el mundo = travel around + the world.
    * salvar el mundo = save + the world.
    * ser dos mundos completamente distintos = be poles apart.
    * ser el culo del mundo = be the pits.
    * ser la última persona del mundo que + Infinitivo = be one of the last people in the world to + Infinitivo.
    * Siete Maravillas del Mundo, las = Seven Wonders of the World, the.
    * surcar los siete mares = sail + the seven seas.
    * tener éxito en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * tener lo mejor de ambos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tener lo mejor de los dos mundos = have + the best of both worlds.
    * tercer mundo, el = third world, the.
    * todas las razones del mundo = every reason.
    * todo el mundo = all and sundry, every Tom, Dick and Harry, everybody, each and everyone.
    * todo el mundo debe tener acceso a la información = access for all.
    * triunfar en el mundo = succeed in + the world.
    * una mujer de mundo = a woman of the world.
    * un hombre de mundo = a man of the world.
    * un mundo aparte = a world apart, a breed apart.
    * usuario del mundo de los negocios = business user.
    * venir al mundo = come into + the world.
    * ventana al mundo = window on/to the world.
    * ver el mundo desde una perspectiva diferente = see + the world in a different light.
    * ver mundo = see + life, see + the world.
    * viajar por el mundo = travel around + the world.
    * vida del mundo literario = literary life.
    * Viejo Mundo, el = Old World, the.
    * visión del mundo = world view [worldview/world-view].
    * vivir en otro mundo = live in + cloud cuckoo land.
    * vivir en un mundo aparte = inhabit + a world of + Posesivo + own.
    * vivir mundo = see + life, see + the world.

    * * *
    A
    (el universo, la Tierra): el mundo the world
    todas las naciones del mundo all the nations of the world
    artistas venidos de todo el mundo artists from all over the world
    uno de los mejores del mundo one of the best in the world
    me parece lo más normal del mundo it seems perfectly normal to me
    nadie se preocupa por los problemas ajenos y así anda el mundo nobody worries about other people's problems, and that's why the world is in the state it's in
    si todos fueran como tú ¿cómo estaría el mundo? if everyone was like you, where would we be?
    soñar con un mundo mejor to dream of a better world
    nuevo, otro1 (↑ otro (1)), tercero1 (↑ tercero (1)), viejo1 (↑ viejo (1))
    comerse el mundo: parece que se va a comer el mundo he looks as if he could take on the world
    correr mundo to get around
    del otro mundo: el libro no está mal, pero tampoco es nada del otro mundo the book isn't bad, but it's nothing special o ( colloq) nothing to shout about
    el novio no es nada del otro mundo her boyfriend's nothing special o ( colloq) nothing to write home about
    hablaba del lugar como si fuera algo del otro mundo he made it out to be the most fabulous place
    desde que el mundo es mundo since time began, since time immemorial ( liter)
    el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world
    hundirse or venirse abajo el mundo: no te preocupes, por eso no se va a hundir el mundo don't worry, it's not the end of the world
    pensé que el mundo se me venía abajo I thought my world was falling apart o the bottom was falling out of my world
    ponerse el mundo por montera to scorn the world and its ways
    por nada del or en el mundo: no lo vendería por nada del or en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o ( colloq) for all the tea in China
    yo no me lo pierdo por nada del or en el mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world
    por nada del mundo quiso venir there was no way he'd come
    por nada del mundo voy a repetir lo que me dijo nothing would induce me to repeat what he told me
    ¡qué pequeño or chico es el mundo! it's a small world!
    tal y como vino al mundo stark naked, as naked as the day he/she was born
    traer a algn al mundo to bring sb into the world, give birth to sb
    venir al mundo to come into the world, be born
    ver mundo to see the world
    a beber y a tragar, que el mundo se va a acabar eat, drink and be merry (for tomorrow we die)
    B (planeta, universo) planet, world
    seres de otros mundos beings from other worlds o planets
    no se entera de nada, él vive en otro mundo he hasn't a clue what's going on, he's on another planet o in another world
    ¿no lo sabías? ¿pero tú en qué mundo vives? didn't you know? where have you been hiding o where have you been? ( colloq)
    por esos mundos de Dios here, there and everywhere, all over the place
    C
    1 (porción de la realidad, de lo concebible) world
    el mundo vegetal the plant world
    el mundo animal the animal world o kingdom
    el mundo sobrenatural the realm of the supernatural
    el mundo científico/capitalista/árabe the scientific/capitalist/Arab world
    el mundo de las letras/de las artes the world of letters/of the arts
    el mundo artístico the artistic world
    el mundo de los negocios/la droga the business/drugs world
    D
    (gente): lo sabe todo el mundo everybody o everyone knows it
    el mundo entero está pendiente de sus declaraciones the whole world awaits his statement
    fue y se lo contó a medio mundo he went and told just about everybody
    E
    un mundo (mucho, muchos): tengo un mundo de cosas que hacer I've got masses o hundreds of things to do
    había un mundo de gente en la plaza there were crowds o hordes of people in the square
    de tu opinión a la mía hay un mundo our opinions are worlds apart
    hay un mundo entre viajar en primera y viajar en clase turista there's a world of difference between traveling first class and tourist class
    cualquier problema se le hace un mundo he blows the slightest thing out of all proportion
    F
    1
    (vida material): el mundo the world
    los placeres del mundo worldly pleasures
    dejar el mundo to renounce the world, to take holy orders
    cuando vuelvas al mundo when you go back to the outside world
    2
    (experiencia): tienen or han visto mucho mundo they've seen a lot of life, they've been around
    una mujer que tiene mucho mundo a woman of the world
    hombre1 (↑ hombre (1))
    * * *

     

    mundo sustantivo masculino
    1 ( en general) world;

    el mejor del mundo the best in the world;
    me parece lo más normal del mundo it seems perfectly normal to me;
    es conocido en todo el mundo he is known worldwide;
    el mundo árabe the Arab world;
    el mundo de la droga the drugs world;
    el mundo del espectáculo showbusiness;
    todo el mundo lo sabe everybody knows it;
    el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world;
    por nada del or en el mundo: yo no me lo pierdo por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for the world;
    no lo vendería por nada en el mundo I wouldn't sell it for anything in the world o (colloq) for all the tea in China;
    traer a algn/venir al mundo to bring sb/come into the world;
    ver mundo to see the world
    2 (planeta, universo) planet, world;
    ◊ él vive en otro mundo he's on another planet o in another world

    mundo sustantivo masculino
    1 world
    el mundo de la farándula, the show-business world
    2 (seres humanos) todo el mundo, everybody
    3 (experiencia) tener mucho mundo, to be a man/woman of the world
    ♦ Locuciones: caérsele/ venírsele el mundo encima, to be overwhelmed
    nada del otro mundo, nothing special
    por nada del mundo, not for all the world
    ver mundo, to travel around
    ' mundo' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    comparable
    - consagración
    - de
    - desconectarse
    - islámico
    - más
    - miss
    - nada
    - ni
    - ombligo
    - oro
    - prioritaria
    - prioritario
    - proclamarse
    - recorrer
    - solidaria
    - solidario
    - tenerse
    - tercer
    - terráquea
    - terráqueo
    - toda
    - todo
    - tramoya
    - universal
    - valle
    - venir
    - voz
    - vuelta
    - actual
    - aislado
    - campeón
    - clásico
    - comercio
    - conocer
    - desquiciado
    - emotivo
    - entero
    - espectáculo
    - exterior
    - fantasía
    - globo
    - interior
    - natural
    - naturalidad
    - negocio
    - parejo
    - superpoblado
    - tercero
    - volver
    English:
    advanced
    - agreement
    - airport
    - Armageddon
    - around
    - astronomical
    - autonomous
    - awe-inspiring
    - best
    - brink
    - cat
    - circle
    - cloud cuckoo land
    - cocoon
    - common
    - concerned
    - cruise
    - densely
    - deny
    - earth
    - enunciate
    - everybody
    - everyone
    - exist
    - flash
    - flirt
    - globe trotting
    - high
    - home
    - hot
    - knowledge
    - large
    - male-dominated
    - man
    - manufacturer
    - Miss World
    - navigate
    - never-never land
    - over
    - publishing
    - quarrel
    - revolve
    - save
    - sought-after
    - sundry
    - Third World
    - ultimately
    - wander
    - wing
    - world
    * * *
    mundo nm
    1.
    el mundo [la Tierra, el universo] the world;
    el récord/campeón del mundo the world record/champion;
    el mejor/mayor del mundo the best/biggest in the world;
    es un actor conocido en todo el mundo he's a world-famous actor;
    ha vendido miles de discos en todo el mundo she has sold thousands of records worldwide o all over the world;
    seres de otro mundo creatures from another world;
    el mundo árabe/desarrollado the Arab/developed world;
    traer un niño al mundo to bring a child into the world;
    venir al mundo to come into the world, to be born;
    se le cayó el mundo encima his world fell apart;
    no se va a caer o [m5] hundir el mundo por eso it's not the end of the world;
    comerse el mundo: vino a la ciudad a comerse el mundo when he came to the city he was ready to take on the world;
    ¡hay que ver cómo está el mundo! what is the world coming to!;
    desde que el mundo es mundo since the dawn of time;
    Euf Anticuado
    echarse al mundo [prostituirse] to go on the streets;
    el mundo es un pañuelo it's a small world;
    el mundo anda al revés the world has been turned on its head;
    hacer un mundo de cualquier cosa o [m5] de algo sin importancia to make a mountain out of a molehill;
    todo se le hace un mundo she makes heavy weather out of everything;
    el otro mundo the next world, the hereafter;
    irse al otro mundo to pass away;
    no es nada del otro mundo it's nothing special;
    Fam
    se pone el mundo por montera she doesn't o couldn't give two hoots what people think;
    por esos mundos de Dios: están de viaje por esos mundos de Dios they're travelling around (all over the place);
    como nada en el mundo: querer a alguien como a nada en el mundo to love sb more than anything else in the world;
    por nada del mundo: no me lo perdería por nada del mundo I wouldn't miss it for (all) the world o for anything;
    tenemos todo el tiempo del mundo we have all the time in the world;
    se le vino el mundo encima his world fell apart;
    vivir en otro mundo to live in a world of one's own
    2. [la civilización] world;
    el mundo precolombino pre-Columbian civilizations
    el Mundo Antiguo the Old World
    3. [ámbito, actividad] world;
    el mundo animal the animal kingdom o world;
    el mundo rural the countryside, the country;
    el mundo de los negocios/de las artes the business/art world;
    Lupe vive en su (propio) mundo o [m5] en un mundo aparte Lupe lives in her own little world
    4. [gente]
    medio mundo half the world, a lot of people;
    todo el mundo, Méx [m5] todo mundo everyone, everybody;
    no vayas por ahí contándoselo a todo el mundo don't go around telling everyone;
    pago mis impuestos como todo el mundo I pay my taxes the same as everyone else
    5. [gran diferencia]
    hay un mundo entre ellos they're worlds apart
    6. [experiencia]
    un hombre/una mujer de mundo a man/woman of the world;
    correr mundo to see life;
    tener (mucho) mundo to be worldly-wise, to know the ways of the world;
    ver mundo to see life
    7. [vida seglar]
    renunciar al mundo to renounce the world
    * * *
    m world;
    el Nuevo Mundo the New World;
    el Tercer Mundo the Third World;
    el otro mundo the next world;
    nada del otro mundo nothing out of the ordinary;
    todo el mundo everybody, everyone;
    medio mundo just about everybody;
    tiene mucho mundo he’s seen life;
    ver mundo see the world;
    traer a alguien al mundo bring s.o. into the world, give birth to s.o;
    venir al mundo come into the world, be born;
    desde que el mundo es mundo since time immemorial;
    por nada del mundo not for anything in the world;
    se le hundió el mundo, se le vino o
    cayó el mundo encima his/her world fell apart
    * * *
    mundo nm
    1) : world
    2)
    todo el mundo : everyone, everybody
    * * *
    mundo n world
    todo el mundo everybody / everyone

    Spanish-English dictionary > mundo

  • 16 अनन्य _ananya

    अनन्य a.
    1 Not different, identical, same, not other than, self; अनन्या राघवस्याहं भास्करस्य प्रभा यथा । सा हि सत्याभिंसन्धाना तथानन्या च भर्तरि Rām. cf. Rām.5.21.15.
    -2 Sole, unique, without a second.
    -3 [नास्ति अन्यः विषयो यस्य] Undivided, undistracted (mind &c.); having no other object or person to think of &c.; अनन्याश्चिन्तयन्तो मां ये जनाः पर्युपासते Bg.9.22. In comp. अनन्य may be translated by 'not by another', 'directed or devoted to no one else', 'having no other object'.
    -4 unopposed; अनन्यां पृथिवीं भुङ्क्ते सर्वभूतहिते रतः Kau. A.
    -Comp. -अर्थ a. not subservient to any other object, principal.
    -आश्रित a. independent, not resorting to another. (
    -तम्) unencumbered estate (in law).
    -गतिः f. sole resort or resource.
    -गतिक a. [न. ब] having no other resource or help, having no other resource left; अनन्यगतिके जने विगतपातके चातके Udb.
    -गुरु a. than which nothing is greater. अनन्यगुर्वास्तव केन केवलः पुराणमूर्तेर्महिमाव- गम्यते Si.1.35.
    -चित्त, -चिन्त, -चेतस्, -मनस्, -मानस, -हृदय a. giving one's undivided thought or attention to, with undivided mind; विचिन्तयन्ती यमनन्यमानसा Ś4.1; K.75.
    -जः, -जन्मन् m. [नान्यस्मात् जन्म यस्य; आत्मभू- चित्तभू इत्यादि तस्य व्यपदेशत्वात् or नास्ति अन्यद्यस्मात्सो$नन्यः, विष्णुः; तस्माज्जातः] Cupid, the god of love; मा मूमुहत्खलु भवन्तमनन्य- जन्मा Māl.1.32.
    -दृष्टि a. gazing intently or steadfastly at; ˚ष्टिः सवितारमैक्षत Ku.5.2.
    -देव a. having no other (superior) God, epithet of the Supreme Being.
    -परता exclusive devotion or attachment; पुरश्चक्षूरागस्तदनु मनसो$नन्यपरता Māl.6.15.
    -परायण a. devoted to no other (woman); Ś.3.18.
    -पूर्वः [नान्या पूर्वा यस्य] having no other wife; वरस्यानन्यपूर्वस्य विशोकामकरोद्गुणैः Ku.6.92. (
    -र्वा) [न अन्यः पूर्वो यस्याः सा] a virgin (who never before belonged to another), a woman having no other husband; मनुप्रभृतिभिर्मान्यैर्भुक्ता यद्यपि राजभिः । तथाप्यनन्यपूर्वेव तस्मिन्नासीद्वसुन्धरा ॥ R.4.7.
    -भाज् a. [न अन्यम् अन्यां वा भजते] not devoted to any other person; अनन्यभाजं पतिमाप्नुहि Ku.3.63.
    -विषय a. not applicable or belonging to any one else, exclusively applicable; यस्मिंन्नीश्वर इत्यनंन्यविषयः शब्दः V 1.1; Mv.1.25.
    -वृत्ति a.
    1 of the same nature.
    -2 having no other means of livelihood.
    -3 closely attentive.
    -शासन a. not ruled over by any one else; अनन्यशासना- मुर्वी शशासैकपुरीमिव R.1.3; Dk.2.
    -सामान्य, -साधारण a. not common to any one else, uncommon, exclusively devoted, applicable or belonging to one; अनन्यनारी- सामान्यो दासस्त्वस्याः पुरूरवाः V.3.18; ˚राजशब्दः R.6.38; M.5;4.1; not capable of being performed by any one else. Ku.3.19.
    -सदृश a. (
    -शी f.) having no equal, matchless, peerless यथैताननन्यसदृशान् विदधासि Pt.1.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अनन्य _ananya

  • 17 अल्प _alpa

    अल्प a. [अल्-प]
    1 Trifling, unimportant, insigni- ficant (opp. महत् or गुरु); अल्पविद्यः Ms.11.36.
    -2 Small, little, minute, scanty (opp. बहु); अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47;1.2; अल्पकुचान्तरा V.4.49.
    -3 Mortal, of short existence; अथ यदल्पं तन्मर्त्यम् Ch. Up.
    -4 Young.
    -5 Seldom, rare.
    -ल्पः A class of buildings; Kāmikāgama, 45.53-54.
    -ल्पम् Very little.
    -ल्पम्, -ल्पेन, -ल्पात् adv.
    1 A little.
    -2 For a slight reason; प्रीतिरल्पेन भिद्यते Rām.4.32.7.
    -3 Easily, without much trouble or difficulty.
    -Comp. -अच्तर (comparative) A word consisting of a smaller number of syllables (than another) अल्पाच्तरन् P.II.2.34.
    -अल्प n. very little or minute, little by little; तथाल्पाल्पो ग्रहीतव्यो राष्ट्रादाज्ञा$$- ब्दिकः करः Ms.7.129; ˚भासम् Me.83.
    -असु- ˚प्राण q. v.
    -आकाङ्क्षिन् a. desiring little, contented or satisfied with little.
    -आयुस् a. shortlived; Ms.4.157. (
    -युः) m.
    1 a young one, cub.
    -2 a goat.
    -आरम्भः a small or gradual beginning; अल्पारम्भः क्षेमकरः.
    -आहार, -आहारिन् a. eating little, moderate in diet, abstemious. (
    -रः) taking little food, moderation, abstinence in food.
    -इच्छु a. moderate in wishes, seeking little.
    1 other than small, large.
    -2 other than few, many; as ˚राः कल्पनाः many or various ideas.
    -ईशाख्य a. Named after an insignificant chief or master, or low origin.
    -ऊन a. slightly defective, not quite complete.
    -उपायः small means.
    -कार्यम् a small matter.
    -केशी 1 N. of a plant (भूतकेशी; Mar. जटामांसी, निर्गुडी).
    -2 the root of a sweet flag.
    -क्रीत a. bought for a small sum, cheap.
    -गोधूमः A kind of wheat (Mar. जोडगहू or खपल्या गहू)
    -गन्ध a. having little scent or odour. (
    -न्धम्) a red lotus.
    -चेष्टित a. inert.
    -च्छद, -च्छाद a. scantily clad; दूरादेव महाजनस्य विहरत्यल्पच्छदो लज्जया Mk.1.37.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing little, shallow, superficial.
    -तनु a.
    1 of short stature, dwarfish, short.
    -2 weak, thin.
    -3 having small bones. (
    -नुः) a kind of tree.
    -दक्षिण a. defective in presents (as a ceremony), not liberal in sacrificial gifts; न त्वल्पदक्षिणैर्यज्ञैर्यजेतेह कथंचन; हन्त्यल्पदक्षिणो यज्ञः Ms.11.39.4.
    -दृष्टि a. narrow-minded, short-sighted.
    -धन a. of little wealth, not affluent or rich, poor; Ms.3.66; नाल्पधनो यजेत् 11.4.
    -धी n. weak-minded,, having little, sense, foolish.
    -नासिकः A small vestibule; Māna.34.16.
    -पत्रः 1 N. of a plant (a species of the Tulsi).
    -2 a tree having a few leaves. (Mar. शोपा, मुसळी).
    -पुद्मम् a red lotus.
    -पशु a. Ved. having a small number of cattle. अनपत्यमल्पपशुं वशा कृणोति पुरुषम् Av.12.4.25.
    -पुण्य a. Whose religious merit is small; Rām. Mbh.
    -पुष्पिका N. of a flower- plant (Mar. पिवळी कण्हेर).
    -प्रजस् a. having few descendants or subjects. नित्यमसिच् प्रजोमेधयोः P.V. 4.122.
    -प्रभाव a. of small weight or consequence, insignificant, unimportant; ˚त्वम् insignificance.
    -प्रमाण, -प्रमाणक a.
    1 of little weight or measure.
    -2 of little authority, resting on little evidence. (
    -णः, -णकः) common cucumber.
    -प्रयोग a. of rare application or use, rarely used.
    -प्राण, -असु a. having little power or strength, having short breath, asthmatic; ˚णश्च क्रियासु भवति Suśr.
    (-णः) 1 slight breathing or weak aspiration.
    -2 (in gram.) a name given to the unaspirated letters of the alphabet (in pronoun- cing which little effort is required); अयुग्मा वर्गयमगा यणश्चाल्पासवः स्मृताः Sk. i. e. the vowels, semivowels, nasals and the letters क् च् ट् त् प् ग् ज् ड् द् ब्.
    -बल a. weak, feeble, having little strength.
    -बाध a. causing little annoyance or inconvenience, not very harmful; न निषेध्यो$ल्पबाधस्तु Y.2.156.
    -बुद्धि, -मति a. weak- minded, unwise, silly, ignorant; Ms.12.74.
    -भाग्य a. unfortunate.
    -भाषिन् a. speaking little, taciturn.
    -मध्यम a. slender-waisted.
    -मात्रम् 1 a little, a little merely.
    -2 a short time, a few moments.
    -मारिषः [अल्पः मारिषः शाक˚ कर्मधा˚] a kind of amaranth (शाक) Amaranthus Polygamus (Mar. तांदुळजा).
    -मूर्ति a. small-bodied, diminutive, dwarfish. (
    -र्तिः f.) a small figure or object.
    -मूल्य a. of small value, cheap.
    -मेधस् (see Kāś. on P.V.4.122.) a. of little understanding, ignorant, silly. पुरुषस्याल्पमेधसः Kaṭh. Up.1.8; तद्भवत्यल्पमेधसाम् Bg.7.23.
    -वयस् a. young in age, youthful.
    -वर्तिका N. of a bird (Mar. गांजीण).
    -वादिन् a. speaking little, taciturn.
    -विद्य a. ignorant, ill-taught, uneducated; Ms.11.36.
    -विषय a.
    1 of limited range or capacity; क्व चाल्पविषया मतिः R.1.2.
    -2 engaged in trifling matters.
    -शक्ति a. of little strength, weak, feeble.
    -शमी a small tree like शमी.
    -सत्त्व a. Having little strength or courage; Ks.
    -सरस् n. a basin, a small pond (one which is shallow or dry in hot seasons).
    -सार a. Of little value; द्रव्याणामल्पसाराणां स्तेयम् Ms.11.164.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अल्प _alpa

  • 18 गजः _gajḥ

    गजः [गज्-मदे अच्]
    1 An elephant; कचाचितौ विश्वगिवा- गजौ गजौ Ki.1.36.
    -2 The number 'eight'.
    -3 A measure of length, a Gaja or yard, (thus defined:-- साधारणनराङ्गुल्या त्रिंशदङ्गुलको गजः).
    -4 A demon killed by Śiva.
    -5 One of the eight elephants of the quarters.
    -जी A female elephant; वितृषो$पि पिबन्त्यम्भः पाययन्तो गजा गजीः Bhāg.4.6.26.
    -Comp. -अग्रणी m.
    1 the most excellent among elephants.
    -2 An epithet of ऐरावत, the elephant of Indra.
    -अधिपतिः lord of elephants, a noble elephant.
    -अध्यक्षः superintendent of elephants; Bri. S.86.34.
    -अपसदः a vile or wretched elephant, a common or low-born elephant.
    -अशनः the religious fig tree (अश्वत्थ). (
    -नम्) the root of a lotus.
    -अरिः 1 a lion.
    -2 N. of Śiva who killed the demon गज.
    -आजीवः 'one who gets his livelihood by elephants', an elephant-driver.
    -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Ganeśa.
    -आयुर्वेदः science of the treatment of elephants.
    -आरोहः an elephant- driver.
    -आह्वम्, -आह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; Bhāg.1. 15.38.
    -इन्द्रः 1 an excellent elephant, a lordly elephant; किं रुष्टासि गजेन्द्रमन्दगमने Ś. Til.7; ऐरावतं गजेन्द्राणां Bg.1.27.
    -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant.
    -3 N. of a tree; गजेन्द्र- कुसुमाकीर्णम् Mb.13.132.12. ˚कर्णः an epithet of Śiva.
    -कन्दः a large esculent root.
    -कूर्माशिन् m. N. of Garuḍa.
    -गतिः f.
    1 a stately, majestic gait like that of an elephant.
    -2 a woman with such a gait.
    -गामिनी a woman having a stately elephant-like gait; याता सुदूरमधुना गजगामिनी सा Ratn.4.3.
    -गौरीव्रतम् a vow to be observed by ladies in the month of Bhādrapada.
    -छाया a portion of time proper for a Śrāddha, time at the eclipse of the sun; [सैंहिकेयो यदा भानुं ग्रसते पर्वसंधिषु । गजच्छाया तु सा प्रोक्ता श्राद्धं तत्र प्रकल्पयेत् ॥; गजच्छायायां पूर्वस्यां कुतपे दक्षिणामुखः । यदा भाद्रपदे मासि भवते बहुले मघा ॥ Mb.13.126.36 Y.1.218.
    -ढक्का a kettle-drum carried on an elephant.
    -तुरङ्गविलसितम् N. of a metre.
    -दघ्न, -द्वयस a. as high or tall as an elephant.
    -दन्तः 1 an elephant's tusk, ivory; कार्योलङ्कार- विधिर्गजदन्तेन प्रशस्तेन Bṛi. S.79.19.
    -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa.
    -3 ivory.
    -4 a peg, pin, or bracket projecting from a wall. ˚मय a. made of ivory.
    -दानम् 1 the fluid (ichor) exuding from the temples of an elephant.
    -2 the gift of an elephant.
    -नासा the trunk of an elephant; धर्मस्तु गजनासोरु सद्भिराचरितः पुरा Rām.2.3.3.
    -निमीलिका, -निमीलितम् feigning not to look at anything, inattention; देवीः कामयमानस्य चक्रे गजनिमीलिका Rāj. T.6.73.
    -पतिः 1 the lord or keeper of elephants.
    -2 a very tall and stately elephant; Śi.6.55.
    -3 an excellent elephant.
    -पिप्पली N. of a plant (Scindapsus Officinalis; Mar. गजपिंपळी, मिरवेल).
    -पुङ्गवः a large and excellent elephant; गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31.
    -पुटः a small hole in the ground for fire.
    -पुरम् N. of Hastināpura.
    -पुष्पी N. of a flower; गजपुष्पीमिमां फुल्लामुत्पाठ्य शुभलक्षणाम् Rām.4.12.39.
    -बन्धः 1 a particular posture in sexual intercourse.
    -2 a post to which the elephant is tied.
    -3 the process of catching an elephant; गजबन्धस्तु सुरते आलाने ग्रहणे$पि च Nm.
    -बन्धनी, -बन्धिनी a stable for elephants.
    -भक्षकः the sacred fig-tree.
    -भक्षा the gum Olibanum tree.
    -मण्डनम् the ornaments with which an elephant is decorated, particularly the coloured lines on his head.
    -मण्डलिका, -मण्डली a ring or circle of elephants.
    -माचलः a lion.
    -मुक्ता, -मौक्तिकम् a pearl supposed to be found in the kumbhas or projections on the forehead of an elephant; घर्मजनितपुलकेन लसद्भजमौक्तिकावलिगुणेन वक्षसा Ki.12.4.
    -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः epithets of Gaṇeśa; Bṛi. S.58.58; Ks.1.44.
    -मोटनः a lion.
    -यूथम् a herd of elephants; उषसि स गजयूथकर्णतालैः पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71.
    -योधिन् a. fighting on an elephant.
    -राजः a lordly or noble elephant.
    -वीथिः, -थी f. the three lunar mansions रोहिणी, आर्द्रा and मृगशिरस्; रोहिण्यार्दा मृगशिरो गजवीथ्यभिधी- यते.
    -व्रजः a troop of elephants.
    -शास्त्रम्, -शिक्षा the science of elephants.
    -साह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; निर्ययुर्गजसाह्वयात् Mb.3.1.9; Ks.15.6.
    -स्थानम् elephant's stall; Y.1.279.
    -स्नानम् (lit.) bathing of an elephant; (fig.) useless or unproductive efforts resembling the ablution of elephants which, after pouring water over their bodies, end by throwing dirt, rubbish and other foul matter; cf. अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > गजः _gajḥ

  • 19 बहु _bahu

    बहु a. (
    हु or
    ही f.; compar. भूयस्; super. भूयिष्ठ)
    1 Much, plentiful, abundant, great; तस्मिन् बहु एतदपि Ś.4. 'even this was much for him' (was too much to be expected of him); बहु प्रष्टव्यमत्र Mu.3; अल्पस्य हेतोर्बहु हातुमिच्छन् R.2.47.
    -2 Many, numerous; as in बह्वक्षर, बहुप्रकार.
    -2 Frequented, repeated.
    -4 Large, great.
    -5 Abounding or rich in (as first member of comp.); बहुकण्टको देशः &c. ind.
    1 Much, abundantly, very much, exceedingly, greatly, in a high degree.
    -2 Somewhat, nearly, almost; as in बहुतृण. (किं बहुन 'why say much', 'in short'; बहु मन् to think or esteem highly, rate high, prize, value; त्वत्संभावितमात्मानं बहु मन्यामहे वयम् Ku.6.2; ययातेरिव शर्मिष्ठा भर्तुर्बहुमता भव Ś.4.7;7. 1; R.12.89; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2. 35; Bk.3.53;5.84;8.12.)
    -Comp. -अक्षर a. having many syllables, polysyllabic (as a word).
    -अच्, -अच्क a. having many vowels, polysyllabic.
    -अनर्थ a. fraught with many evils.
    -अप्, -अप a. watery.
    -अपत्य a.
    1 having a numerous progeny.
    -2 (in astrol.) promising a numerous progeny.
    (-त्यः) 1 a hog.
    -2 a mouse, rat. (
    -त्या) a cow that has often calved.
    -अपाय a. exposed to many risks; स्वगृहो- द्यानगते$पि स्निग्धैः पापं विशङ्क्यते मोहात् । किमु दुष्टबह्वपायप्रतिभय- कान्तारमध्यस्थे ॥ Pt.2.166.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having many senses.
    -2 having many objects.
    -3 important.
    -आशिन् a. voracious, gluttonous, बह्वाशी स्वल्पसन्तुष्टः सुनिद्रो लघुचेतनः । प्रभुभक्तश्च शूरश्च ज्ञातव्याः षट् शुनो गुणाः ॥ Chāṇakya. -m. N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra.
    -उदकः a kind of mendicant who lives in a strange town and maintains himself with alms got by begging from door to door; cf. कुटीचक.
    -उपयुक्त a. made to serve a manifold purpose; बहूप- युक्ता च बुद्धिः Dk.2.4.
    -उपाय a. effective.
    -ऋच् a. having many verses. (-f.) a term applied to the Ṛigveda.
    -ऋच a. having many verses. (
    -चः) one conversant with the Ṛigveda. (
    -ची) The wife of one who studies the Ṛigveda. Hence ˚ब्राह्मणम् means the Aitareya Brāhmaṇa which belongs to the Ṛigveda; बह्वृचब्राह्मणे श्रूयते ŚB. on MS.6.3.1.
    -एनस् a. very sinful.
    -कर a.
    1 doing much, busy, industrious.
    -2 useful in many ways.
    (-रः) 1 a sweeper, cleaner.
    -2 a camel.
    -3 the sun; बहुकरकृतात् प्रातःसंमार्जनात् N.19.13. (
    -री) a broom.
    -कारम् abundance; बहुकारं च सस्यानाम् Mb.12.193.21.
    -कालम् ind. for a long time.
    -कालीन a. of a long standing, old, ancient.
    -कूर्चः a kind of cocoa-nut tree.
    -क्रमः a Krama of more than three words; cf. क्रम.
    -क्षम a. patient; अतो$त्र किंचिद्भवतीं बहुक्षमां द्विजाति- भावादुपपन्नचापलः Ku.5.4.
    (-मः) 1 a Buddha.
    -2 a Jaina deified saint.
    -क्षारम् Soap; Nigh. Ratn. (
    -रः) a kind of alkali.
    -क्षीरा a cow giving much milk.
    -गन्ध a. strong-scented. (
    -न्धम्) cinnamon.
    -गन्धदा musk.
    -गन्धा 1 the Yūthikā creeper.
    -2 a bud of the Champaka tree.
    -गुण a. having many threads or qualities.
    -गुरुः One who has read much but superficially; sciolist.
    -गोत्रज a. having many blood relations.
    -ग्रन्थिः Tamarix Indica (Mar. वेळु ?).
    -च्छल a. deceitful.
    -छिन्ना a species of Cocculus (Mar. गुळवेल).
    -जनः a great multitude of people. ˚हितम् the common weal.
    -जल्प a. garrulous, talkative, loquacious.
    -ज्ञ a. knowing much, well informed, possessed of great knowledge.
    -तन्त्रीक a. many-stringed (as a musical instrument).
    -तृणम् anything much like grass; (hence) what is unimportant or contemptible; निदर्शनम- साराणां लघुर्बहुतृणं नरः Śi.2.5; N.22.137.
    -2 abounding in grass.
    -त्वक्कः, -त्वच् m. a kind of birch tree.
    -द a. liberal, generous.
    -दक्षिण a.
    1 attended with many gifts or donations.
    -2 liberal, munificent.
    -दर्शक, -दर्शिन् a. prudent, circumspect; कृत्येषु वाली मेधावी राजानो बहुदर्शिनः Rām.4.2.23.
    -दायिन् a. liberal, munificent, a liberal donor; Ch. Up.
    -दुग्ध a. yielding much milk. (
    -ग्धः) wheat. (
    -ग्धा) a cow yielding much milk.
    -दृश्वन् a. greatly experienced, a great observer.
    -दृष्ट a. very experienced.
    -दोष a.
    1 having many faults or defects, very wicked or sinful.
    -2 full of crimes of dangers; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58.
    -दोहना yielding much milk.
    -धन a. very rich, wealthy.
    -धारम् 1 the thunderbolt of Indra.
    -2 a diamond.
    -धेनुकम् a great number of milch-cows.
    -नाडिकः the body.
    -नाडीकः 1 day.
    -2 pillar; L. D. B.
    -नादः a conch-shell.
    -पत्नीकता polygamy.
    -पत्रः an onion. (
    -त्रम्) talc. (
    -त्री) the holy basil.
    -पद्, -पाद्, -पाद m. the fig-tree.
    -पुष्पः 1 the coral tree.
    -2 the Nimba tree.
    -पर्वन् m. (see -ग्रन्थिः).
    -प्रकार a. of many kinds, various, manifold. (
    -रम्) ind. in many ways, manifoldly.
    -प्रकृति a. consisting of many pri- mary parts or verbal elements (as a compound).
    -प्रज a. having many children, prolific.
    (-जः) 1 a hog.
    -2 the munja grass.
    -प्रज्ञ a. very wise.
    -प्रतिज्ञ a.
    1 comprising many statements or assertions, compli- cated.
    -2 (in law) involving many counts, as a plaint; बहुप्रतिज्ञं यत् कार्यं व्यवहारेषु निश्चितम् । कामं तदपि गृह्णीयाद् राजा तत्त्वबुभुत्सया Mitā.
    -प्रत्यर्थिक a. having many opponents.
    -प्रत्यवाय a. connected with many difficul- ties.
    -प्रद a. exceedingly liberal, a munificent donor.
    -प्रपञ्च a. very diffuse or prolix.
    -प्रसूः the mother of many children.
    -प्रेयसी a. having many loved ones.
    -फल a. rich in fruits. (
    -लः) the Kadamba tree. (
    -ली) the opposite-leaved fig-tree.
    -बलः a lion.
    -बीजम् the fruit of Anona Reticulata (Mar. सीताफल). (
    -जा) a kind of Musa (Mar. रानकेळ).
    -बोलक a. a great talker; Buddh.
    -भाग्य a. very lucky or fortunate.
    -भाषिन् a. garrulous, talkative.
    -भाष्यम् talkativeness, garrulity; उत्थानेन जयेत्तन्द्री वितर्कं निश्चयाज्जयेत् । मौनेन बहुभाष्यं च शौर्येण च भयं त्यजेत् ॥ Mb.12.274.11.
    -भुजा an epithet of Durgā.
    -भूमिक a. having many floors or stories.
    -भोग्या a prostitute.
    -भोजिन् a. voracious.
    -मञ्जरी the holy basil.
    -मत a.
    1 highly esteemed or prized, valued, respected; येषां च त्वं बहुमतो भूत्वा यास्यसि लाघवम् Bg.2.35.
    -2 having many different opinions.
    -मतिः f. great value or estimation; कान्तानां बहुमतिमाययुः पयोदाः Ki.7. 15.
    -मध्यग a. belonging to many; न निर्हारं स्त्रियः कुर्युः कुटुम्बाद्बहुमध्यगात् Ms.9.199.
    -मलम् lead.
    -मानः great respect or regard, high esteem; पुरुषबहुमानो विगलितः Bh.3.9; वर्तमानकवेः कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1; V.1.2; Ku.5.31. (
    -नम्) a gift given by a superior to an inferior.
    -मान्य a. respectable, esteem- able; Kull. on Ms.2.117.
    -माय a. artful, deceitful. treacherous; परदेशभयाद्भीता बहुमाया नपुंसकाः । स्वदेशे निधनं यान्ति Pt.1.321.
    -मार्गः a place where many roads meet.
    -मार्गगा 1 N. of the river Ganges; तद्युक्तं बहुमार्गगां मम पुरो निर्लज्ज वोढुस्तव Ratn.1.3.
    -2 a wanton or un- chaste woman.
    -मार्गी a place where several roads meet.
    -मुख a.
    1 much, excessive; अस्या भर्तुर्बहुमुखमनुरागम् Ś.6.
    -2 Speaking variously.
    -मूत्र a. suffering from diabetes.
    -मूर्ति a. multiform, variously shaped. (
    -र्तिः f.) the wild cotton-shrub.
    -मूर्धन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -मूला Asparagus Racemosus (शतावरी).
    -मूल्य a. costly, high-priced. (
    -ल्यम्) a large sum of money, heavy or costly price.
    -मृग a. abounding in deer.
    -रजस् a. very dusty.
    -रत्न a. rich in jewels.
    -रस a. juicy, succulent. (
    -सः) sugar-cane.
    -राशि a. (in arith.) consisting of many terms. (
    -शिः) m. a series of many terms.
    -रूप a.
    1 many-formed, multiform, manifold.
    -2 variegated, spotted, chequered; वैश्वदेवं बहुरूपं हि राजन् Mb.14.1.3.
    (-पः) 1 a lizard, chameleon.
    -2 hair.
    -3 the sun.
    -4 N. of Śiva.
    -5 of Viṣṇu.
    -6 of Brahmā.
    -7 of the god of love.
    -रूपक a. multiform, manifold.
    -रेतस् m. an epithet of Brahmā.
    -रोमन् a. hairy. shaggy. (-m.) a sheep.
    -लवणम् a soil impregnated with salt.
    -वचनम् the plural number (in gram.); द्व्यैकयोर्द्विवचनैकवचने, बहुषु बहुवचनम्.
    -वर्ण a. many-coloured.
    -वादिन् a. garrulous.
    -वारम् ind. many times, often.
    -वारः, -वारकः Cordia Myxa (Mar. भोकर).
    -वार्षिक a. lasting for many years.
    -विक्रम a. very powerful, heroic, a great warrior.
    -विघ्न a. presenting many difficulties, attended with many dangers.
    -विध a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse.
    -वी(बी)जम् the custard apple.
    -वीर्य a. very powerful or efficacious. (
    -र्यः) N. of various plants (such as Terminalia Bel- lerica, Mar. बेहडा).
    -व्ययिन् a. lavish, prodigal, spendthrift.
    -व्यापिन् a. far-spreading, wide.
    -व्रीहि a. possessing much rice; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. (where it is also the name of the compound). (
    -हिः) one of the four principal kinds of compounds in Sanskrit. In it, two or more nouns in apposition to each other are compouded, the attributive member (whether a noun or an adjective) being placed first, and made to qualify another substantive, and neither of the two members separately, but the sense of the whole compound, qualifies that substantive; cf. अन्य- पदार्थप्रधानो बहुव्रीहिः. This compound is adjectival in character, but there are several instances of Bahuvrīhi compounds which have come to be regarded and used as nouns (their application being restricted by usage to particular individuals); i. e. चक्रपाणि, शशिशेखर, पीताम्बर, चतुर्मुख, त्रिनेत्र, कुसुमशर &c.
    -शत्रुः a sparrow.
    -शल्यः a species of Khadira.
    -शस्त a. very good, right or happy.
    -शाख a. having many branches or ramifica- tions.
    -शिख a. having many points.
    -शृङ्गः an epithet of Viṣṇu.
    -श्रुत a.
    1 well-informed, very learned तस्मिन् पुरवरे हृष्टा धर्मात्मानो बहुश्रुताः Rām. H.1.1; Pt.2. 1; R.15.36.
    -2 well-versed in the Vedas; गुरुं वा बाल- वृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिनमायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35. (
    -तिः) the occurrence of the plural in a text.
    -संख्याक a. numerous.
    -सत्त्व a. abounding in animals.
    -संतति a. having a numerous progeny. (
    -तिः) a kind of bamboo.
    -सार a. possessed of great pith or essence, substantial. (
    -रः) the Khadira tree.
    -साहस्र a. amounting to many thousands.
    -सूः 1 a mother of many children.
    -2 a cow.
    -सूतिः f.
    1 a mother of many children.
    -2 a cow that often calves.
    -स्वन a. vociferous. (
    -नः) an owl.
    -स्वामिक a. owned by many.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > बहु _bahu

  • 20 BUKKR

    m.
    1) buck, he goat;
    * * *
    m. [A. S. bucca; Engl. buck; Germ. bock; Swed.-Dan. bukk; cp. bokki]:—a he-goat, rare; hafr is the common word, Stj. 177, Ó. H. 15:—Lat. aries, a battering ram, Al. 89.
    COMPDS: bukkablóð, bukkaskinn, bukkavara.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > BUKKR

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • Ram cichlid — Scientific classification Kingdom: Animalia Phylum …   Wikipedia

  • Ram — Ram, ram, or RAM as a non acronymic wordAs a non acronymic word Ram, ram, or RAM may refer to:Animals* Sheep, an uncastrated male of which is called a ram * Ram cichlid, a species of freshwater fish endemic to Colombia and VenezuelaMilitary*… …   Wikipedia

  • RAM parity — checking is the storing of a redundant parity bit representing the parity (odd or even) of a small amount of computer data (typically one byte) stored in random access memory, and the subsequent comparison of the stored and the computed parity to …   Wikipedia

  • Ram Manohar Lohia — (1910 1967) was an Indian freedom fighter and a socialist political leader. He was born on March 23, 1910 in a village named Akbarpur in Faizabad district, Uttar Pradesh, in India.Early lifeLohia s father, Hari Lal, was a nationalist by spirit… …   Wikipedia

  • Ram Raja Prasad Singh — ( ne. राम राजा प्रसाद सिंह) is a Nepalese politician. In July 2008, Singh was proposed by the Communist Party of Nepal (Maoist) as the candidate in the first presidential election in the country. [ [http://www.nepalnews.com/archive/2008/jul/jul17/… …   Wikipedia

  • Common Snipe — Conservation status …   Wikipedia

  • Ram Bahadur Thapa — Ram Bahadur Thapa, également connu sous le nom de guerre de « Badal », âgé d environ 53 ans (en 2008)[1], est un homme politique népalais, membre du Parti communiste du Népal (maoïste) (ou PCN M). Le 10 avril 2008, lors de l élection de …   Wikipédia en Français

  • Ram' s Head Inn — (Rossland,Канада) Категория отеля: Адрес: 4465 Red Mountain RD., V0G1Y0 Rossland …   Каталог отелей

  • Common Rue — in flower Scientific classification Kingdom: Plantae (unranke …   Wikipedia

  • Ram Chandra Jha — Ram Chandra Jha, né dans le district de Dhanusha et âgé d environ 51 ans (en 2008)[1] est un homme politique népalais, membre du Parti communiste du Népal (marxiste léniniste unifié) (ou PCN MLU). Le 10 avril 2008, lors de l élection de l… …   Wikipédia en Français

  • RAM — (Radar Absorbent Material) ræm material that changes radar waves into small electromagnetic fields and reduces the radar image RAM (Random Access Memory) ræm n. volatile computer memory that can be accessed in any order, memory that temporarily …   English contemporary dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»